MTADOCEN.DOC

431.2 KB 6dfbc76180a4222d…
╔══════════════════════════════                 ┌─────────────────┐
║ MTA       Make Them Anything                  │    D.I.S.P.     │────┐
║           Convert Compressed                  │                 │░░░░│
╟──────────────────────────────                 │                 │░░░░│
║ (c) 1993  Robert W.van Hoeven                 │ Dutch           │░░░░│
╟──────────────────────────────                 │   Independent   │░░░░│
║ Release : 15.36                               │     ShareWare   │░░░░│
║ Rel.Date: March 13th, 1993                    │       Programmer│░░░░│
╠══════════════════════════════                 └─────────────────┘░░░░│
║                                               |    │░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░░│
║ │ MTA.EXE / MTM.EXE                           |    └─────────────────┘
║ │ MTL.EXE / MTZ.EXE                           |       ┌─────┐        |
║ │ MTA.CTL / MTA.CHx                           |       │░░░░░│        |
║ │                                             |       └──┬──┘        |
║ │ MTAOVR.EXE / MTAOVR.OVR (*)                 |     ┌────┴────┐      |
║ │                                             ------││││││ ═══│-------
║ │ Lines starting with '│' are                       └─────────┘
║ │ changes to release 15.35
║ │
║ │
╠═══════════════════════════════
║ Address: Robert W. van Hoeven
║          PO. Box 131
║          1170 AC  Badhoevedorp
║          Nederland / Holland
╚═══════════════════════════════

╔═══════════════════════ (*) OVERLAY FILES ════════════════════════════╗
║ MTAOVR.EXE and MTAOVR.OVR are files that make the overlayed version  ║
║ of MTA. These files are available in a separate package which can be ║
║ found under the name MTAOVvvv.eee (where vvv has the same number as  ║
║ the last 3 digits of this archive (e.g. F10, F11, F35) and eee is    ║
║ the extension.                                                       ║
╚══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝

╔══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╗
║ READ THE MTA.NEW DOCUMENTATION, THERE ARE SOME CHANGES IN PARAMETERS ║
║ AND OPTIONS !                                                        ║
╚══════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════════╝

 ┌───────┬─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │   0   │ Table of contents                                           │
 └───────┴─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

 1 ----    General information
  1.1      Copyrights and License Agreement
  1.2      Newer versions and contacting the author

 2 ----    Package description and requirements
  2.1      Preface
  2.2      Requirements
  2.3      Included files
  2.4      History

 3 ----    Installation description
  3.1      Installation
   3.1.1   Installation of the software
   3.1.2   The overlay mechanism
  3.2      Archivers
   3.2.1   General remarks and suggestions on archivers
   3.2.2   Remarks on ARC
   3.2.3   Remarks on PAK
   3.2.4   Remarks on ZIP
   3.2.5   Remarks on PKPAK/PKUNPAK
   3.2.6   Remarks on DWC
   3.2.7   Remarks on ZOO
   3.2.8   Remarks on LHarc
   3.2.9   Remarks on LArc
   3.2.10  Remarks on MD
   3.2.11  Remarks on ARJ
   3.2.12  Remarks on HYPER
   3.2.13  Remarks on PKLITE
   3.2.14  Remarks on GIFLITE
   3.2.15  Remarks on JPEG
   3.2.16  Remarks on GIFTEST
   3.2.17  Remarks on SQZ
  3.3      MTA.CTL
   3.3.1   Basic statements
   3.3.2   Statements that define the environment that MTA uses (paths)
   3.3.3   Statements that define the logging
   3.3.4   Statements that define the selection of files
   3.3.5   Statements that define the resulting files
   3.3.6   Your own (new) compressor
   3.3.7   Statements that define the various exits (hooks) in MTA
   3.3.8   Statements that are useful to Bulletin Board Systems/SysOp's
   3.3.9   Special statements
   3.3.10  Statements available when using a registered version
  3.4      Diskette option
  3.5      KeyBoard control
  3.6      Running multiple copies of MTA at the same time
  3.7      Compression of single executable files (PKLITE)
  3.8      The MTA tag-window
  3.9      MTA and unattended operations
  3.10     TICK-files and related material
  3.11     FES, yet another TICK-clone ?
  3.12     Special ARC considerations
  3.13     Using newer versions of archivers
  3.14     Lo-tek functions, calling MTA as shell of MTA
  3.15     TEC files

 4 ----    Run-time information
  4.1      Command-line parameters
   4.1.1   Command-line parameters that stand on their own
   4.1.2   Command-line parameters that overrule/toggle/disable MTA.CTL
   4.1.3   Command-line parameters with a special usage
  4.2      Aborting MTA
  4.3      LOG file
  4.4      Errors

 5 ----    Version information and credits
  5.1      The BETA-team
  5.2      Credits
  5.3      Version history
  5.4      Copyright, Trademarks

 ┌───────┬─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │   1   │ General information                                         │
 └───────┴─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

 1.1 Copyrights and License Agreement
 ────────────────────────────────────

 - Users of the MTA-package must accept this disclaimer of warranty:

 - The  MTA-package  is  supplied  as  is.   The  author  disclaims  all
   warranties, expressed or implied, including, without limitation,  the
   warranties of merchantability  and of fitness  for any purpose.   The
   author assumes  no liability  for damages,  direct or  consequential,
   which may result from the use of the MTA-package;

 - The  MTA-package  is  a  "shareware  program"  and is provided at  no
   charge to the user for evaluation.   Feel free to share it with  your
   friends,  but  please  do  not  give  it  away  altered or as part of
   another  system.   The  essence  of  "user-supported"  software is to
   provide personal  computer users  with quality  software without high
   prices, and yet to provide  incentive for programmers to continue  to
   develop new products.

 - If  you find  this program  useful and  find that  you are  using and
   continue the  use of  the MTA-package  after a  30 days trial period,
   you must register the MTA-package as described below;

 - Non-commercial can get a license for the usage up to this release  of
   the MTA-package for  a small amount  of money. Look  into the details
   in  REGISTER.MTA.  Previous  registered  users  will  receive  a  big
   reduction to upgrade to the  newer versions. These users should  look
   into the details in UPGRADE.MTA.   For Non-commercial users there  is
   a POSSIBILITY to submit to one of the special contracts as  explained
   in the file REGISTER.MTA.

 - Commercial usage of  MTA will cost somewhat  more. Also, a so  called
   'closed' Bulletin  Board System  (a system  where the  user must  pay
   direct to the  SysOp to get  full access) is  has to pay  more than a
   Non-commercial  user.  Both  types  of  users  should  look  into the
   details in REGISTER.MTA;

 - The registration of the MTA-package will license ONE copy for use  on
   any computer at any  one time, as long  as the usage confirms  to the
   type of registration you have done (so NON-commercial usage when  you
   have a non-commercial license);

 - Anyone  distributing  the  MTA-package  for any kind of remuneration
   must  first   contact  the   Author   at   the  address   above   for
   authorization.

 - You are  encouraged  to  pass a copy   of the MTA-package  along   to
   your friends  for  evaluation.   Please  encourage  them to  register
   their copy if they find that they can use it;

 - Support  on  MTA,  when  used  in  a  non-commercial environment,  is
   available  by  means  of  written  letters  or by entering the inter-
   national echomail area DISP;

 - Problems and suggestions can be entered in the FidoNet <tm>  Echomail
   conference <tm> called DISP (international). Entering this echo  does
   not  exclude  you  of  the  duty  to register the MTA-package, though
   users who evaluate the product can enter the echo for questions;

 - The  MTA-package, all  programs, the  documentation and support-files
   is  copyrighted  1990,93  by  Robert  W.  van  Hoeven,  PO.  Box 131,
   Badhoevedorp 1170AC, Holland. All  rights are reserved. You  may copy
   this  package  for  backup  purposes.  Also  you  may  copy and share
   unmodified copies of the whole package, providing that the  copyright
   notice    is    reproduced    and    included    on    all    copies.
   Excluded from this statement  are the support-files written  by other
   authors.  Please  refer  to  the  documentation of these programs for
   copyrights and license agreements;

 - It  is  forbidden  to  modify,  adapt,  translate, reverse  engineer,
   decompile  and/or  disassemble  the  software  in  the   MTA-package.
   Patching the medium at  places that carry the  software is seen as  a
   program change and is also forbidden. It is forbidden to create a  so
   called 'bypass' to skip the original introduction screens and  delay.
   Also it is forbidden  to use such a  'bypass' unless supplied by  the
   author (Robert W. van Hoeven) himself;

 - Performing  any  of  the  illegal  actions as stated in the previous
   lines,  is  a  theft  and  no  fair  play  to  the  author  and, more
   important, to the registered users;

 - Bulletin Board  Systems that distribute  the MTA package  can convert
   the WHOLE package  to any archive-system  they like but  all original
   files must  be included  in the  new archive.  The MTA-package on the
   Bulletin Board  can contain  at the  most 2  extra files. These files
   can only be  a commercial for  that Bulletin Board  and/or validation
   data that is presented  as a service to  all users and shall  have no
   other functions;

 - After  the normal  trial period  of 30  days, you  must register  the
   soft- ware (see REGISTER.MTA) or you must remove it from your PC;

 - Comments,  suggestions  and  bug  reports  are  welcome  and will  be
   answered as soon I have the time  to do so. You can send me  a letter
   of leave  a NetMail  <tm> message  named to  Rob Van.hoeven (mind the
   point)  on  node  2:512/100  (RA  Support, Monster, Holland, SysOp is
   Reinier de Groot).  When you want to send me normal mail, address  it
   to:   Robert  W.  van  Hoeven,  PO.  Box  131,  1171 AC Badhoevedorp,
   Holland;  Also  you  can  enter  messages  in  the  FidoNet <tm> DISP
   Echomail <tm> area;


 1.2 Newer versions and contacting the author
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 The newest version of  MTA is always available  at the DISP-HQ on  node
 2:512/100.  MTA  is  also  distributed  thru  a  number of DISP support
 nodes.  There are three ways of obtaining newer versions of MTA:


 - Logging on at DISP-HQ or a support node
   Look into the file SUPPORT.MTA for a full list of support nodes;

 - Logging on to a SDS node
   MTA is distributed thru SDS/SDN, but only big minors (x.10, x.20  and
   so on) and majors (14.01, 15.01  and so on) are submitted to  the SDS
   distribution point in Holland;

 - Logging on to your own BBS;
   Chances  are,  that  you  will  find  an older version (international
   users) because it will take some time for the new version to  'bleed'
   thru the net;

 - Update service;
   You can enter a special update service (read REGISTER.MTA).


 If you think you have found problems in MTA, or in any other case,  you
 wish to contact the author, you can send me:

 - A letter to the address you can find in the header of this file;

 -  A  NetMail  <tm>  message  to  Rob Van.hoeven (please mind the point
   between Van and Hoeven) at 2:512/100 or (better) 2:512/100.5;

 - A Message in the FidoNet <tm> DISP echomail <tm> area;

 ┌───────┬─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │   2   │ Package description and requirements                        │
 └───────┴─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

 2.1 Preface
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA is a program that can  be helpful with the job to  convert archives
 (compressed files) from one archive-system (ZIP, ARJ, LZH and such  are
 called archive-systems) to another one.

 The   conversion   from   archive-systems    is   something   that   is
 done frequently  on  BBS  systems.  Different  users  do  uploads   for
 files  created  in   various   archive-systems.   The  SysOp    (System
 Operator   of a  BBS) will  make these   files available  in only   one
 system so all  users who  download   one  or  more  files,  only   need
 one archive program to decompress the files.

 When  a   normal  user   visits  various   BBS's  that   all have their
 own archive system,   she/he will   also get   a mixture   of different
 files, created in different archive-systems. In this case MTA can  also
 help.

 There a tons of features available in MTA. Some of them will only  have
 a meaning for a SysOp, some of  them only for the normal user and  many
 of them for  both. Users can  automatically remove files  from archives
 (many BBS's add  headers and/or files  to the archive  as advertisement
 for the BBS),  SysOp's can add  them, both can  scan for viri  (in many
 different  ways).  There  are  options  to  convert  a  single  file, a
 complete directory (with  or without sub-directories),  complete drives
 and a  special feature  to convert  all files  on a  diskettes from one
 system to another (while the user  won't have to worry that the  target
 files will not fit on the diskette). The list can go on for hours.

 The MAJOR   benefit of   MTA is,   that it   treats ANY   of the   most
 known  archivers  with   the  same   service.  Other   programs may  be
 smaller  but only  treat a certain archive-system  for  the full  100%.
 MTA  is  made   in  a   way   that   YOU   can   decide   what   output
 (archive-system)  should  be  created  without   having  to  search for
 better programs  when  you  swap from  one system  to  another. Another
 benefit of  MTA   is the  up-to-date status  of the   program. For more
 than 3  years   now, I  have   managed to  update MTA  at the same time
 (and  sometimes  earlier)  you  got  hold   of  a  new  version of your
 archive-program.  And even when you are  not served within the  minute,
 you  can  always  use  the  special  routines  in MTA  that implement a
 'user-type'  of  archive   program  (based  on  the  extension   of the
 archives).

 MTA's documentation  is NOT  easy. It  is a  large text.  There are  so
 many options that can be   useful for you. The   best way to start   is
 to read  everything one  (without   the description  of   the options),
 then  take a ASCII-editor, import chapter   3 and start  to create  the
 configuration  file,  line  by  line,  option  by  option.  If you have
 completed the   setup, you nearly  don't have   to look at  it  anymore
 for a long  time, so take your time.


 2.2 Requirements
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA requires:      - PC XT/AT/386/486 (or more)
                    - At least 400K free memory but it depends on the
                      archiver(s) you use (NON OVERLAYED VERSION);
                    - At least 200K free memory but it depends on the
                      archiver(s) you use (OVERLAYED VERSION);
                    - DOS 3.xx and higher;
                      (tested with 4Dos 4.0, should work with lower
                      versions);
                    - DOS 2.xx ONLY when registered. In this case, a
                      customized version will be created;
                    - HDU optional
                    - Mouse optional
                    - One or more virus-scanners (optional)
                    - The original (de)compression programs. MTA does
                      NOT contain the compression/decompression
                      routines;
                    - The  original  GIF  conversion  programs that are
                      supported by MTA;


 2.3 Included files
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 The package includes : MTA.EXE         The main program
                        MTA.CH1         The chained tag-menu module
                        MTA.CH2         The chained help-menu module
                        MTM.EXE         The maintenance program
                        MTL.EXE         The list program
                        MTA_DIR.EXE     The directory utility
                        MTA_CRC.EXE     The VALIDATE caller
                        MTA__BAT.EXE    A SFX with examples of batches
                        MTA__UTL.EXE    A SFX with additional utilities

 Besides this normal and complete package, there is an additional  file,
 containing MTAOVR.EXE and MTA.OVR. These are the files that are  needed
 to run MTA in overlayed mode.



 2.4 History
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA is  now 3  years old.  It started  with version  4.01 (first public
 release). Releases 1, 2  and 3 were called  MTZ and could only  convert
 ZIP-files. With  release 13,  MTA changed  from freeware  to shareware.
 With release  14, MTA  added some  extra options  for BBS's  and became
 able to output some of  the text to a modem  (so MTA could be run  as a
 shell under the BBS or a protocol-driver). With release 15, a new  type
 of compressed files is supported.  These are GIF files. Release  15 can
 support  the  conversion  of  GIF  files.  Also,  within  release 15, a
 MS/Windows version of MTA will  be released AND (finally) the  setup of
 the configuration  file will  change from  a ASCII-file  to a  windowed
 (full-screen) setup program  (not in 15.01,  15.01 is a  forced release
 because of the upcoming ZIP 2.xx).

 I will try to  keep MTA  as  up-to-date as possible. Every  few  months
 or so, new  versions  of  archive programs   hit the  market. Some   of
 these versions  contain  new   algorithms  and  also  contain   changes
 in the  internal structure.  Up to  now, I   was able  to release a new
 version of MTA only   a few  days  after  the final   release of   such
 versions   (and  sometimes  earlier,  based   on  the   beta-versions).
 Needless to say  that it is a hell of a job to keep informed about  all
 the changed.

 ┌───────┬─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │   3   │ Installation description                                    │
 └───────┴─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

 3.1 Installation
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA is  not an  easy program  to install.  There are  numerous features
 that can be used.  Also, there are no  specific guidelines for a  quick
 install of the program,  but in the next  chapters I will try  to guide
 you thru the installation in a structured way. Both  new  and  advanced
 users should also take a look at  any  included *.TEC file. These files
 (if present) will give a wider description  of  a  specific topic which
 has caused some questions in the past.


 3.1.1 Installation of the software
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 The first step is  the installation of the  (program) files. This is  a
 very easy step if  you observe all the  following rules. The next steps
 are described with a hard-disk system in mind:

 - Decide which directory you want to use. MTA can find its own  support
   files in three possible ways (in the following order):

   - In the current directory;
   - The directory containing MTA.EXE (DOS 3.xx and higher only) or any
     other program name if you have renamed  MTA.EXE to something else.
     The same goes for the overlay version;
   - The DOS PATH (DOS 2.xx and higher);

   Either use an existing directory or create a new directory that  will
   be used for the  installation of MTA (in  the second case, add  it to
   the DOS PATH,  so the call  to MTA.EXE can  be done from  anywhere on
   the disk);

 - Place MTA.EXE, MTA.CH1, MTA.CH2, MTL.EXE, MTM.EXE and MTZ.EXE in  the
   selected directory.  If you  don't want  to use  MTL, MTM and/or MTZ,
   you  can  always   remove  them  later.   MTA.CH1  and  MTA.CH2   are
   (sometimes) needed  by MTA.  MTA.CH1 contains  the interactive  pick-
   list to select files  from a large list,  MTA.CH2 is called when  you
   want help information about  the command-line options. When  you have
   obtained the overlayed version of MTA, you must also copy  MTAOVR.EXE
   and MTAOVR.OVR to the selected directory. All programs CAN be renamed
   to anything you like (e.g.  delete the non-overlayed MTA.EXE and  re-
   name  the  overlayed  MTAOVR.EXE  to  MTA.EXE) but the files MTA.CH1,
   MTA.CH2 can NOT be renamed. Also when you rename the overlay  version
   (MTAOVR.EXE), you must give the  filename-part (not the extension) of
   the overlay file (MTAOVR.OVR) the SAME name (so  rename MTAOVR.EXE to
   BLURB.EXE, in that case, rename MTAOVR.OVR to BLURB.OVR);

 - Copy the  included example of  MTA.CTL to the  same directory as  the
   MTA program files. This example file must be changed later on to  you
   own environment and needs. For now, leave it unchanged;

 - MTA can  also look for  an environment variable  called MTA. You  can
   add a line  in AUTOEXEC.BAT with  the value 'SET  MTA=[path]' (do not
   code the  quotes and  replace [path]  with the  name of the directory
   where MTA.EXE/CH1/CH2/OVR/CTL are;

 - NEVER  use compression  programs like  PKLITE, SHRINK  or DIET on the
   executable files inside  the MTA package.  They must stay  unaltered.
   The programs that are called within MTA (archivers, exits) can,  from
   MTA's point of view, be compressed with these programs. If you insist
   on using the least possible space, you CAN compress  the MTA.CH1/CH2,
   MTL.EXE, MTM.EXE and MTZ.EXE files with PKLITE  or any other program
   that you like;

 - Be sure to have the DOS program  SUBST.COM/EXE inside your DOS path.
   This program comes with your release  of  DOS and without them,  MTA
   can do  less of the  conversion  than when  you  have them available.
   As you will see  later, you  need  special  options to set to a value
   to let  MTA make use of this program (so you can still have  them  on
   the drive without MTA using them). Unless  you  have  a special setup
   networks and such), you can rest  assure that you can  use  the SUBST
   program along with MTA, unless you use specialized software that will
   not match with SUBST usage;

 - When  installing the  MTA files,  also take  some time  to see  which
   archive programs  you have  where (write  them down,  because you can
   use this  info when  you create  MTA.CTL). Also  take a  look at  the
   versions  you  run  of  these  programs.   The  next chapters will go
   into  specific  details  for  every  supported  archiver.  In case of
   difficulty  or  just  to  stay  up-to-date,  you should try to obtain
   the highest version that is mentioned in the documentation;

 - When using the overlayed  version  of  MTA, you  should read the next
   paragraph for more details on how to setup the overlay environment;


 3.1.2 The overlay mechanism
 ────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 There is also an overlay version of MTA. This means  that only part  of
 the code will be active and available in conventional memory (the  part
 of  memory  up  to  640K)  and  the  remaining parts of the code can be
 loaded into  memory when  a certain  part is  needed. Overlays are only
 useful when a program will not  have to access all parts of  the coding
 in  a  short  time.  The  more  coding  is not needed concurrently, the
 bigger the overlay and the smaller the part of conventional memory  the
 program needs.

 When a program  is written, the  author will always  try to search  for
 the  best  result  on  a  large  number of implementations, but not all
 situations can be dealt with. Because of these special situations,  MTA
 includes a number of options to make the overlay mechanism as  flexible
 as possible. To change the  overlay mechanism means that you  must know
 how it works by default. When MTA is loaded, it will try to  initialize
 the overlay manager first. This is done in the following manner:

 - The program  will search for  the overlay-file. The  location it will
   search is the location where the EXE-file is found. The name must  be
   the same as  the filename-part (without  extension) of the  EXE-file,
   so when you rename MTAOVR.EXE to MTA.EXE, you must  also  rename  the
   MTAOVR.OVR file to TA.OVR. This mechanism works for all  DOS releases
   from version 3.0 and higher. Lower versions of  DOS (1.x and 2.x) can
   not work in  this manner and  you need to  set the location  and name
   overlay-file with help of an environment variable (see later);

 - If  the overlay-file  is found,  the program  will initialize  it and
   will examine the memory.  The overlay-manager need some  conventional
   memory  and  it  can  store  the  remaining  part of the overlay (the
   not-active part) in  expanded memory (EMS)  if that is  available and
   contains enough  free memory.  The size  of the  part of conventional
   memory is variable (though it can not  be too small) and is set to  a
   good average  (by default).  The size  of the  part of  EMS memory is
   fixed  for  a  given  release  of  the program. The more conventional
   memory  that  is  assigned  to  the  overlay  buffer,  the better the
   performance  of  the  program  but  the less memory (conventional) is
   available. If the  overlay part can  not be loaded  into EMS (because
   it isn't there or there isn't enough free memory in EMS), it will  be
   left  on  disk  and  parts  of  the  coding  must be loaded from disk
   (slower!) when they are needed;

 - If  the overlay-managers  fails to  install the  overlay, the program
   will abort. In general, the failing will be the result of:

   - The OVR-file (the overlay) could not be found;

   - Not enough conventional memory available to load the overlay;

   - Invalid (old) EMS drivers;

   - I/O errors on the overlay-file

   - Conflicts  between  other  programs  that  use EMS or  conventional
     memory (TSR's, device drivers);

 In general, when you do  nothing about the overlay-manager and  you run
 under DOS 3.xx  or higher, you  will have a  solid running program.  If
 you have problems (see above) or  you want to optimize the program  for
 better  thruput,  you  can  (must)  alter the overlay management. These
 changes must be  made with help  of environment variables  (see the DOS
 SET command). Many people asked why you can't put these changes  inside
 the control-file.  That is  not possible,  because the  parsing of  the
 control-file itself is  an overlayed part  of the coding.  You need the
 overlay before you can  access the control file.  That is why you  must
 make use of environment variables. The following environment  variables
 are tested for:

 MTAOVROL : This environment variable can  be used to point to the  name
            and/or location of the overlay-file.  You can use it in  two
            ways:

            (1) SET MTAOVROL=F:\RAMDRIVE\
            (2) SET MTAOVROL=C:\BBS\PRG\MTA.OVR

            In  the  first  case  (1)  you  point  to the directory that
            contains the overlay-file. The  name of the overlay-file  is
            generated from  the program-name  (minus the  extension), so
            when  you  have  MYMTA.EXE,  you  must put MYMTA.OVR in this
            directory  first.  The  directory-name  MUST  end with a '\'
            otherwise the  overlay-manager will  assume RAMDRIVE  as the
            name of the overlay-file and will search for it in F:\.

            In the second  case (2) you  point to the  location AND name
            of the overlay-file. In this case the overlay-file can  have
            a  complete  different  name.  So  it  is  valid to call the
            program MTAHELL.EXE  and the  overlay MTAOVR.OVR  if you use
            SET  MTAOVROL=C:\BBS\PRG\MTAOVR.OVR.  This  option  is  also
            needed when you run under DOS 1.xx or 2.xx;

            The most  common usage  of this  environment variable  is to
            put  the  overlay-file  on  a  RAM-disk (fast access) and to
            deny the  usage of  EMS for  the overlay  (because you  have
            better candidates for EMS usage).

 MTAOVRUE : This environment variable can have 2 values, either Y or  N.
            The program will only test if the value 'N' is used (so  SET
            MTAOVRUE=N). If this is  the case, the overlay  manager will
            not  use  EMS  for  the  overlay-file  and  access  to   the
            overlay-file is done on disk (see MTAOVROL);

 MTAOVRBS : This environment  variable can  be used  to alter  (enlarge)
            the  overlay  buffer  in  conventional memory. The program's
            default will give a good  average, but when memory is  not a
            problem  (conventional  memory),  you  can  make the overlay
            buffer bigger and  gain some speed  in the program  thruput.
            To  see  which  value  you  should  set,  you should run the
            program without this option first. Inside the log (you  must
            activate the log),  you can find  the default value  for the
            overlay buffer. You  can make it  smaller but don't  make it
            smaller  than  the  current  size  minus  8192 otherwise the
            overlay-manager  could  fail.  You  can  make  it bigger but
            don't make it too big  (experiment with small steps and  see
            if the  performance gets  better). SET  MTAOVRBS=100000 will
            allocate  100.000  bytes  of  conventional  memory  for  the
            overlay buffer;

 MTAOVRPS : This environment  variable can  be used  to alter  (enlarge)
            the 'prohibition area'.  This area is  a part of  the normal
            overlay buffer. It is used to store recently accessed  parts
            of the code. The code  will remain as long as  possible over
            here. If the code is  accessed again, it doesn't have  to be
            loaded from the  overlay-file but can  come from this  area.
            The value you supply with  this variable should not be  less
            than 2. The default  is 3 (buffersize /  3). You can try  to
            gain some speed by making  the overlay buffer larger and  to
            set this  value to  2. The  default gives  a good average in
            combination with most overlay buffers;

 In general (DOS version equal or higher than 3.xx, unaltered names  for
 the program-file and overlay-file, enough  EMS memory or a fast  disk),
 you can use the default values and don't have to set these  environment
 variables.

 MTA's overlayed version  is available as a separate package (MTAOVxxx).
 It is advised to use the  overlay  version when the remaining memory is
 very low (when running  MTA  under a BBS door like FileDoor <tm>.



 3.2 Archivers
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 In the next chapters I will give some personal advise and some  remarks
 on the various archivers that  are available and that MTA  can support.
 If  you  are  an  inexperienced  user,  you can obtain some information
 about archivers you haven't looked at, if you are a pro, you will  find
 some remarks on the  various archivers that have  to deal with the  way
 MTA converts from and to these kind of systems.


 3.2.1 General remarks and suggestions on archivers
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 This  chapter   (3.2.1)  contains   some  PERSONAL   information  about
 archivers in general. If you don't  know all the systems or if  you are
 still in  search for  a better  one, this  chapter can  guide you  in a
 certain way.  I won't start a discussion about the information in  this
 chapter, neither with  the authors (beta-testers)  nor with the  users,
 remember it  is my  personal point  of view,  after looking  at all  of
 them. For starters, I  will URGE to say  that MTA supports ALL  archive
 systems in the  BEST possible way,  so the fact  that I am  not using a
 certain system does  not mean that  MTA does not  support it for  100%.
 Some  other  vendors  supply  conversion  programs  from  all  (or one)
 systems to all  (or one) other  system. Please be  warned that most  of
 these programs ar  written with a  certain archive system  in mind. MTA
 is not such a  program. I neither sell  nor develop any archive  system
 myself  so  MTA  can  look  as  'objective'  as possible to any archive
 system.

 The question 'which is the best  archive system for my situation' is  a
 question that is  asked many times.  I can not  give 100% OK  answer to
 this question but I can try. First you must ask yourself one  question.
 WHY, besides  gaining disk  space,   should I  use an  archive program.
 Here are some guidelines:

 -a) I  need as  much files  in on  my disks,  so HIGH compression is my
     major goal;

 -b) I  want  to  create  compressed  files very quickly because I  have
     either a slow machine or much archives to maintain;

 -c) I  want  to  make  my  archives  'transparent'  to  other types of
     operating systems (called 'platforms' with a difficult word);

 -d) I need  to archive (and  store) files on  diskette that are  bigger
     than my highest diskette format;

 -e) I want  some sort of  version control, so  when I add  a file to an
     archive, any previous file with  the same name inside that  archive
     must be kept as a backup (older level);

 I  am  sure  there  are  some  other  guidelines  to follow. For one, I
 personally  like  a  good  and  bug-free  archive  program  with a good
 feedback from users of  vendor when needed. But  let us take the  given
 guidelines (a) to (e) and see what COULD be best for you. In the  given
 order:

 -a) Most archivers can  compress to a very  small format but there  are
     three groups  that differ  in size.  The first  group contains  ZIP
     (2.xx),  LZH  (2.xx)  and  ARJ  (2.xx)  in  a random order. It is a
     matter of 1  to 3 percent  depending on the  kind of files.  LZH is
     free (with source-code) which can  be a bonus but also  a drawback.
     The second group  contains ZOO (2.xx),  HYPER (25) and  PAK (2.xx).
     ZOO 2.1x  is somewhere  between the  first and  second group, other
     differ in speed and options. The remaining systems are combined  as
     the third group;

 -b) When speed is  the main interest, ZIP  is your goal. LZH  (2.xx) is
     also good and some of the  older systems can work fast. There  is a
     rule that says, the higher  the compression, the more time  it will
     take to  compress. Where  ARJ, ZIP  and LZH  make very com- pressed
     files (within a the 5% bounds), ZIP outruns the others;

 -c) If  you want  to make  'portable' archives,  the choices are small.
     Excluding OS/2  and to  my knowledge,  only LZH  and ZOO can create
     transparent archives. ARJ  is working on  one and the  archives are
     already prepared to be transparent;

 -d) For  this  feature  you  need  the so called multi-volume  support.
     Only ARJ and ZIP (2.xx) support multi-volume support (MTA does  not
     by the way);

 -e) Version  control is  an option  in demand  by programmers.  ARJ and
     ZOO include  version control.  ZOO in  a somewhat  nicer way as ARJ
     but   it  has  just  been  included  in  ARJ,  so there is room for
     improvements;

 I think  that most  of the  users need  a combination  of -a)  and -b).
 From the text you  can see that, unless  you need special tricks,  ARJ,
 LZH and  ZIP are  the first  you should  try. If  you love many options
 (and have a fast machine), you should take a look at ARJ.  If you  love
 a good  simple interface  and very  speedy results,  ZIP is  your first
 target and when  you want something  of both (and  the sources, AND  no
 registration), LZH  would be  nice, though  it has  some drawbacks  (no
 path-information, no  multi-volume). I  will skip  to ZIP  2.xx because
 the AV-code is finally possible for non-USA users.


 3.2.2 Remarks on ARC
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA supports : All ARC versions up to 6.02

 There are no  special tricks concerning  ARC. When destination  is ARC,
 FULL recursive support  is available if  you use the  SubstDrive option
 in MTA.CTL, otherwise,  no recursive support  is available, due  to the
 nature of ARC's recursive support.

 MTA is  NOT able  to detect  incoming encrypted  ARC-files. There is no
 indication in the ARC whatsoever that an ARC-file is encrypted.  Please
 be careful ! MTA IS able  to unARC encrypted ARC-files when you  supply
 the correct switches to MTA;

 If you receive  files from the  newer (7.xx) version  of ARC (SEA)  but
 you don't own ARC  7.xx, you can use  the UNARCPath option in  MTA.EXE.
 This option can point to either ARCE.EXE or XARC.EXE. In that case  you
 can decompress the  files and convert  them to another  system that you
 CAN support.


 3.2.3 Remarks on PAK
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA supports : All PAK versions up to 2.51

 There are a  few things to  keep in mind  when using a  PAK version. If
 you still use GSARC (the old PAK),  skip as fast as you can to  a newer
 level (GSARC support will be removed from MTA, somewhere in 1993).

 There are some special tricks concerning PAK. When destination is  PAK,
 FULL recursive support  is available if  you use the  SubstDrive option
 in MTA.CTL, otherwise,  no recursive support  is available, due  to the
 nature of PAK's recursive support.

 When adding comments to the PAK file (AutoComment option), up to  64000
 bytes  are  allowed,  although  this  seems  to  be  more  than PAK can
 support.

 MTA  is  NOT  able  to  detect  incoming  encrypted  PAK-files, see the
 remarks on ARC files.

 NoGate Consulting  have released  a PAK  2.5x with  ZIP-support inside.
 MTA is  NOT able  to use  PAK as  a substitution  for PKWare's ZIP. You
 MUST use PKZIP/PKUNZIP to compress and decompress ZIP files !


 3.2.4 Remarks on ZIP
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
│MTA supports : All ZIP versions up to 2.04g

 When using   ZIP files   (as destination),   you must   remember to set
 the  correct  compression  switches  in   the  ZIPCompression option in
 MTA.CTL.  You can not (of  course) use a switch  that is not  supported
 with your current  version  of  ZIP.   Also  be  sure  to  upgrade   to
 the  highest  possible  version.  MTA  versions  up   to  14.57 contain
 upgrade  support   to  upgrade  from  older   ZIP  (0.xx) to  newer ZIP
 (1.xx)  formats. MTA 15.01 and up  still contain  upgrade support   but
 now  for the   1.xx to  2.xx  versions of ZIP. MTA   will ignore  newer
 ZIP  archives if you still  use an older ZIP version.

 MTA  is  able  to  detect  and  process  both  encrypted  ZIP-files and
 ZIP-files  with  Authenticity  Verification  set  to  ON. MTA will skip
 encrypted ZIP-files when no password is supplied to MTA.

│Be warned  that  the new PKZIP (2.xx) will not detect any AV-code in a
│PKZIP  1.xx  archive (and the other way around). MTA *CAN* detect BOTH
│situations but  the  version of PKZIP you use will deside if (and how)
│the AV-code is shown to MTA.

 From 14.50 and  on, conversion of  volume-labels from and  to ZIP files
 is available in MTA.


 3.2.5 Remarks on PKPAK/PKUNPAK
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA supports : All PKPAK/UNPAK versions up to 3.61

 There is  nothing special  in this  support. To  go along  with S.E.A.,
 PKPAK/PKUNPAK  format  is  not  supported  as  destination, nor are the
 (archive) comments inside a PKware created ARC-file;

 MTA is NOT able to  detect incoming encrypted PKPAK-files. There  is no
 indication  in  the  ARC  whatsoever  that  a  PKPAK-file is encrypted.
 Please be  careful !  MTA IS  able to  unPAK encrypted PKPAK-files when
 you supply the correct switches to MTA.


 3.2.6 Remarks on DWC
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA supports : DWC version 5.10A

 No support for included directories.  You can set the type  of compress
 (average, good) by means of the DWCCompression option in MTA.CTL.

 There are some special tricks concerning DWC. When destination is  DWC,
 FULL recursive support  is available if  you use the  SubstDrive option
 in MTA.CTL, otherwise,  no recursive support  is available, due  to the
 nature of DWC's recursive support.

 MTA is able  to detect and  process DWC files  that are encrypted.  MTA
 will skip an encrypted DWC-file when no password is supplied to MTA.


 3.2.7 Remarks on ZOO
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA supports : ZOO version 2.10

 There is nothing special in  this support. Full recursive and  relative
 path support is  available. MTA also  supports ZOO 2.01  'extended' and
 the new ZOO 2.10 with very small target files (high compression).

 You  can  set  high  compression  for  ZOO  by using the ZOOCompression
 option with a value of h.

 When adding comments to the ZOO file (AutoComment option), up to  64000
 bytes  are  allowed,  although  this  seems  to  be  more  than ZOO can
 support.


 3.2.8 Remarks on LHarc
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA supports : All LHarc versions up to 2.13E

 There are some special tricks concerning LZH. When using LZH  (in/out),
 FULL recursive support  is available if  you use the  SubstDrive option
 in MTA.CTL, otherwise,  no recursive support  is available, due  to the
 nature of LZH's recursive support.

 NEVER use versions 2.03 to 2.06. Please contact me if you want to  know
 the details WHY MTA can not support these versions.

 Remember to set the LZHVersion option to the correct value !!!!!!!!!!


 3.2.9 Remarks on LArc
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA supports : LArc version 3.33

 MTA supports  LArc as  it can.  There is  no documentation available to
 me, so everything comes from 'the dark'.

 There are some special tricks concerning LZS. When using LZS  (in/out),
 FULL recursive support  is available if  you use the  SubstDrive option
 in MTA.CTL, otherwise,  no recursive support  is available, due  to the
 nature of LZS's recursive support.


 3.2.10 Remarks on MD
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA supports : MDCD version 1.00

 MTA supports MDCD. The  not so commonly used  MDCD program can be  used
 both as source and as  target. Although the sources are  available, MTA
 will use the stand-alone program MDCD.EXE for (de)compression.


 3.2.11 Remarks on ARJ
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
│MTA supports : ARJ  version 2.39d (probably also upcomming 2.40)

 Support for ARJ is rather straight forward. All standard functions  are
 implemented but at  least ARJ 2.22  is needed because  MTA uses the  -+
 option to switch off the SW_ARJ options.

 There is no  support for multi-volumes  and neither for  ARJ files with
 backups  inside.  MTA  can  process  them correctly (even with extended
 testing, see later) but it is up  to you what will happen. You can  set
 the ARJCompression option in MTA to  whatever you like. If you add  the
 -jo  switch,  ARJ  will   decompress  the  backup-versions  along   the
 original, renaming the backup-versions.

 ARJ files with a security envelope  are supported but MTA will not  add
 comments or files to these files  as with ZIP (ARJ disallows adding  of
 these objects by reporting an invalid security envelope).

 ARJ contains the original  archive-name within the archive  itself. MTA
 can use this  name and (optionally)  rename the source-archive  back to
 that original name before conversion start (OriginalARJName option).

 Support for  the 2.10  volume labels  is added.  Please remember to put
 the  KeepVolLabel  (/KEEPVL)  option  on  ONLY  in combination with ARJ
 version 2.1x>. If you use ZIP  (1.1x>) and a lower version of  ARJ than
 2.1x, conversion of the volume-labels  will cause ARJ to abort  and the
 converted files to be moved to the error-directory !

│From MTA version 15.36, MTA can detect the difference  there is between
│ARJ versions PRIOR to 2.39d and 2.39d and higher (security envelope and
│the different header <sigh>).


 3.2.12 Remarks on HYPER
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA supports : HYPER version 25 (and up)

 This nice little  compression program from  Germany, is also  supported
 in MTA. Testing  (to implement the  protocol in MTA)  gave results that
 are in the same order as LHARC.

 MTA support the  recursive features in  HYPER. Any commenting  in a HYP
 file is  impossible (yet)  and thus  not supported  by MTA. All comment
 related features will do nothing on a HYP file.

 MTA will support HYPER SFX (self extracting archive) files.

 Also MTM, MTL and MTZ are changed to reflect the results of the  change
 from or to HYPER and to do maintenance on these files.


 3.2.13 Remarks on PKLITE
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA supports : PKLITE version 1.15 (and up)

 It is a little off-topic type of program to be included in MTA, but  it
 is. MTA (and  the selection-menu MTA.CH1)  is changed so  that you easy
 convert  COM/EXE  files  to  compressed  (self-contained) COM/EXE files
 with PKLITE. I think this is a useful bonus (and nothing more) to MTA.

 Why not  include LZEXE  you would  ask. The  reasons are  simple (and a
 hint to the author, based on the current version 0.91):

 - LZEXE can only directly compress EXE files (COM files need a  special
   conversion); - LZEXE can only go one way;

 In the near future I will think about adding the Japanese DIET  program
 into MTA (it can do the same, and more, than PKLITE).

 When MTA  works in  (UN)PKLITE mode,  it can  only convert with PKLITE.
 All other files (archives) are not converted.

 When MTA  ignores files  in the  selection, there  can be  a number  of
 reasons. These are:

 With PKLITE:

 - The file is already PKLITE'ed;

 - The file is already LZEXE'ed;

 - The file is a SFX (Self extracting archive);

 With UNPKLITE:

 - The file is not PKLITE'ed;

 LZEXE files are left, because  it will create problems when  converting
 these programs with PKLITE and when it does NOT create problems,  there
 will be NO gain in size. SFX-files are left for the same reasons.


 3.2.14 Remarks on GIFLITE
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA supports : GIFLITE 1.41 (and up)

 With version 15.01,  MTA can also  convert GIF files.  There is support
 for GIFLITE (registered and un-registered) without any drawbacks.


 3.2.15 Remarks on JPEG
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA supports : JPEG 15 (and up)

 There are various JPEG implementations. The one from Handmade  Software
 is included for the moment.  The original programs from the  JPEG group
 have reached DISP-HQ to late to be implemented.


 3.2.16 Remarks on GIFTEST
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA supports : GIFTEST 4.0ß

 MTA does  not use  any command-line  parameter in  the call to GIFTEST.
 You can add some yourself (using MTA.CTL options and/or a  command-line
 parameter for MTA). MTA is aware of all of the errorlevels that can  be
 returned  by  GIFTEST.  If  you  include  command-line  parameters  for
 GIFTEST that  cause the  GIF-file(s) to  be removed  if they are wrong,
 MTA still try to move the file but without success. The only  'problem'
 in this case, is the warning message you will receive. MTA is aware  of
 all the errorlevels. 5 and 255 are converted to 'decompression  error'.
 When you use  /L on the  GTECOMPRESSION option, be  sure to point  to a
 place  (directory)  that  is  not  'owned'  by  MTA (so NOT the current
 directory).  Use /M to  trigger when the dimensions are  not supported.
 In that case MTA will move the file to the error-directory (lvl 20).


 3.2.17 Remarks on SQZ
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA supports : SQZ version 1.08.3

 This is a new compression/decompression program  from  Sweden. There is
 contact between the SQZ author (Jonas I Hammarberg) and me, and  I will
 try  to  update MTA  as  soon  as possible as there  are  new (changed)
 versions of  SQZ that need a change in MTA !

 The performance of SQZ is the same or better than ARJ and the new PKZIP
 (2.xx). The speed is somewhere between ZIP and ARJ, all in all it looks
 very impressive and I have the  intention  (if possible) to support all
 functions in SQZ.

 MTA does  NOT  support  the  c(omment) option of SQZ because SQZ itself
 (1.08.3) does   not  support  it yet. When  a  new   version  of SQZ is
 released  with this option active, you should not use it in combination
 with MTA 15.xx  but  wait  until the explicit support of this option is
 included in  MTA. MTA  is  unable  to  obtain  comments  FROM SQZ files
 (CarryComment 1 and 2  will  work but will use an empty string) but CAN
 add comments to SQZ files.

 Recursive support is  included  and MTA will always try to compress the
 files with  the  /p0 switch  (paths 'as-is'). To  use recursive support
 for source SQZ-files,  the  SUBSTDrive  support  is needed (as with all
 other archivers).

 Also MTM, MTL and MTZ are changed to reflect the results of the  change
 from or to HYPER and to do maintenance on these files.


 3.3 MTA.CTL
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 To let MTA  work, you must  create a configuration  file where MTA  can
 obtain  the  information  it  needs.  This  file  is  called MTA.CTL by
 default but can have any other  name (in which case you must  assign it
 to MTA by means of  a command-line option or an  environment variable).
 You can even have more configuration files for different tasks. If  you
 call the file  MTA.CTL and place  it as described  in chapter 3.1,  MTA
 will  find  it  without  the  use  of special forces like command-lines
 and/or  environment  variables.  In  this  DOCUMENTATION  we refer to a
 configuration file by its  original name (MTA.CTL). You  can substitute
 your filename in place.

 The configuration  file is  a normal  ASCII-file (text  file) which you
 can create and edit with line-editors like EDLIN or EDIT. You can  make
 the  file  as  big  as  you  want (by inserting many comment-lines) but
 remember that the size  has a relation with  the speed of reading  when
 MTA starts.  Large files will take MTA to do longer over the startup.

 The general formats of options are:

 OPTION  parameter parameter parameter .... parameter

 for active options, or:

 % comment

 for comments in  the configuration file.  In the documentation  we call
 the first parameter  'option' and the  secondary parameters are  called
 'parameter'.  For  parameters,  the  following  syntax  is  used in the
 description:

 [.....]   this  parameter is mandatory, it  MUST be present and  have a
           valid value;

 {.....}   this  parameter  is   optional.  If  it is NOT present,  some
           default is used;

 'value'   Values  between  quotes   must  be  coded WITHOUT the  quotes
           itself UNLESS specified;

 (*)       If this mark   occurs at the  end of the  options syntax,  it
           means that this option is  used by other programs in  the MTA
           package as  well. In  that case  refer to  the bottom  of the
           description to  see in  which program(s)  the option  is used
           also;

 There are  NO restrictions  to the  position you  start the option, nor
 the  starting  position  of  the  parameters,  but the 'option' and (if
 present) the  'parameters' have  to be  separated with  at least one or
 more spaces. You can make any mixture of upper and lower case !

 Some  of  the  parameters  in  the  MTA.CTL  file can be overruled with
 command-line switches. A generalized example of MTA.CTL is included  in
 the release-file. It contains ALL options available in this release.

 The following chapters will contain the several statements you can  use
 in MTA.CTL.  In the  documentation, the  statements are  put in logical
 groups.  These  groups  contain  statements  with  the  same  sort   of
 functions  or  serve  the  same  group  of  users.  The ACTUAL order of
 options in the configuration file does not matter at all.


 3.3.1 Basic statements
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 The following options are more or less basic options and should be used
 in any setup. Some of the statements can be left out, because they only
 add something extra or change the default that MTA itself assumes.

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ ARCPath     [path] {opt} {DynSwapSiz} {second path}              (*)│
 │ UNARCPath   [path] {opt} {DynSwapSiz} {second path}                 │
 │ PAKPath     [path] {opt} {DynSwapSiz} {second path}              (*)│
 │ ZOOPath     [path] {opt} {DynSwapSiz} {second path}              (*)│
 │ DWCPath     [path] {opt} {DynSwapSiz} {second path}              (*)│
 │ LZHPath     [path] {opt} {DynSwapSiz} {second path}              (*)│
 │ LZSPath     [path] {opt} {DynSwapSiz} {second path}              (*)│
 │ PKZIPPath   [path] {opt} {DynSwapSiz} {second path}              (*)│
 │ MDPath      [path] {opt} {DynSwapSiz} {second path}                 │
 │ PKUNZIPPath [path] {opt} {DynSwapSiz} {second path}              (*)│
 │ PKUNPAKPath [path] {opt} {DynSwapSiz} {second path}              (*)│
 │ ARJPath     [path] {opt} {DynSwapSiz} {second path}              (*)│
 │ HYPERPath   [path] {opt} {DynSwapSiz} {second path}              (*)│
 │ PKLITEPath  [path] {opt} {DynSwapSiz} {second path}                 │
 │ ZIP2EXEPath [path] {opt} {DynSwapSiz} {second path}                 │
 │ GIFLITEPath [path] {opt} {DynSwapSiz} {second path}                 │
 │ GIF2JPGPath [path] {opt} {DynSwapSiz} {second path}                 │
 │ JPG2GIFPath [path] {opt} {DynSwapSiz} {second path}                 │
 │ GIFTESTPath [path] {opt} {DynSwapSiz} {second path}                 │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : These options point to the various archivers you have installed
         on your system. If you do not include statements for  archivers
         that ARE installed AND can  be found in the DOS-path,  MTA will
         search for them itself, so do not be surprised if, for example,
         you did not include the ZOOPath option but MTA is still able to
         work with ZOO files. In that case MTA has found ZOO.EXE in  the
         DOS-path !  If you  have all  archivers in  the DOS-path, it is
         still advised to include  the options for these  archivers. MTA
         will be able to pin-point  the archiver directly in this  case,
         causing a gain  of speed because,  otherwise, MTA will  start a
         'quest' for the archiver in the DOS-path.

         [Path]        This parameter must contain the drive,  directory
                       and filename  of the  archiver in  question.  MTA
                       will  validate  if  the  program  is at the given
                       location  and  terminate  with  an  error  if  it
                       isn't.

         {opt}         This  parameter  is optional. You  MUST  code  it
                       when  one  of  the  following  parameters is used
                       and/or if  you want  to change  the default. This
                       parameter  must  have  a  value  of either 'Y' or
                       'N'. The  value will  decide if  THIS archiver is
                       going to  be included  when you  want to optimize
                       your archive  on to  the smallest  size. All  the
                       archive programs that  do COMPRESSION and  have a
                       value of 'Y'  will be included  if you force  MTA
                       to  optimize  on  size  (/OOA on the command-line
                       or OptimizeOnSize  option in  MTA.CTL set).   'N'
                       will  cause  MTA  to  skip  this  archiver   when
                       optimize  is  running.  For  some  archivers  the
                       value is  not important  because they  either can
                       not COMPRESS (like PKUNZIP) or they have  nothing
                       to do with  normal file-compression (GIFLITE  and
                       such), but if  you code one  or more of  the next
                       parameters you  still must  include a  'Y' or 'N'
                       ('N' would be obvious.  'Y' is ignored) for  this
                       parameter;

         {DynSwapSiz}  This parameter  will instruct MTA if  swapping is
                       needed  before  the  (de)compression  program  is
                       actually  called.  In  previous  releases,   this
                       parameters was set to a fixed value ('SWAP')  but
                       with  15.01  and  up,  MTA uses DYNAMIC swapping.
                       You need to supply  the amount of memory  that is
                       needed to  run the  specific archive  program. In
                       the  included  example  of  MTA.CTL,  all minimal
                       values that worked are  included. If you need  at
                       least  250K  to  run  a specific archive program,
                       you must  code '256'  (or higher)  over here. For
                       some programs it is best to swap ALWAYS. In  this
                       case  a  value  of  '640'  will  do, because that
                       amount of CONVENTIONAL memory is NEVER  available
                       when MTA is running,  causing MTA to always  swap
                       before the archive  program is called.  With this
                       option you are more or less save when MTA is  run
                       from  a  secondary  shell.  Programs that need as
                       much  memory  as  possible  are  GIG2JPG, JPG2GIF
                       and, in some cases, ARJ.

         {second path} MTA (from 15.01)  can use two different sets  (or
                       versions) of a specific archiver. If you use  the
                       current PKZIP  and a  newer version  (or even  an
                       alpha or  beta) is  released, you  normally would
                       like  to  test  this  archiver  before  you start
                       using it.  For this  situation, you  can use this
                       parameter. You can rename your new version to  an
                       alternate name (f.i. P2ZIP.EXE) or you can  place
                       it in another directory.  When you have done  so,
                       you  can  include  the  full  path  to  this  new
                       program in  this parameter.  Now if  you run  MTA
                       with  the  /ALT  command-line,  MTA  will use the
                       program that is coded  over and not the  one that
                       is coded in the [path] parameter. If there is  no
                       {second  path}  option  included  but you run MTA
                       with /ALT, the program in [path] is used;

         Please notice that you must supply the correct programs to  the
         above  options.  If  you  replace  one  of  the  program's with
         another one, strange things  (errors) can occur and  data could
         corrupt.  Supply the following programs to the options:

         ARCPath             ARC.EXE     or its alias
         UNARCPath           XARC.EXE    or its alias (see ARC remarks)
         PAKPath             PAK.EXE     or its alias
         ZOOPath             ZOO.EXE     or its alias
         DWCPath             DWC.EXE     or its alias
         LZHPath             LHARC.EXE   or its alias
         LZSPath             LARC.EXE    or its alias
         PKZIPPath           PKZIP.EXE   or its alias
         MDPath              MDCD.EXE    or its alias
         PKUNZIPPath         PKUNZIP.EXE or its alias
         PKUNPAKPath         PKUNPAK.EXE or its alias
                          or PKXARC.COM  or its alias
                          or PKXARC.EXE  or its alias
         ARJPath             ARJ.EXE     or its alias
         HYPERPath           HYPER.EXE   or its alias
         ZIP2EXEPath         ZIP2EXE.EXE or its alias
         GIFLITEPath         GIFLITE.EXE or its alias
         JPG2GIFPath         JPG2GIF.EXE or its alias
                             You need to set DJPEG.EXE if you use
                             the StandardJPEG option (see later)
         GIF2JPGPath         GIF2JPG.EXE or its alias
                             You need to set CJPEG.EXE if you use
                             the StandardJPEG option (see later)
         GIFTESTPath         GIFTEST.EXE or its alias

         Where 'alias'  is the  name you  renamed the  original file to.
         Please supply  the complete  drive, directory  and filename  to
         any of the options !  If you leave the drive  and/or directory,
         MTA will replace it with the CURRENT drive and/or directory.

         If you don't own one  or more of the (de)compression  programs,
         leave out the related option, otherwise MTA will abort !

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All
 (*)   : Marked options are also in usage by: MTM


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ CompressionType [ttt]                                               │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This option sets the normal TARGET archive system. You can,  at
         any time,  overrule this  target with  another target.  In that
         case you can supply the correct command-line to do so.

         [ttt]          This sets the target. You can supply the  values
                       'ARC',  'PAK',  'ZIP',  'ZOO', 'LZH' (LHarc/LHA),
                       'LZS' (Larc), 'DWC',  'HYP', 'ARJ', 'MD'  (MDCD),
                       'PAKSFX',    'ZIPSFX',    'LZHSFX',     'ARJSFX',
                       'PKLITE',   'UNPKLITE',   'GIFLITE',   'GIF2JPG',
                       'JPG2GIF', 'GIF', 'SQZ', 'SQZSFX'  and     'OWN'.

                       Most of  them look  normal. Some  of them  don't.
                       The  PAKSFX,  ZIPSFX,  LZHSFX,  SQZSFX and ARJSFX
                       are the same  as PAK, ZIP,  LZH, SQZ and  ARJ but
                       also  include  the  creation  of an EXE/COM (SFX)
                       file.   The  PKLITE  can  be  used to convert EXE
                       files to PKLITE'ed  EXE files, the  UNPKLITE does
                       the reversed.   The GIFLITE  will convert  normal
                       GIF files to GIFLITE  GIF's.  The GIF2JPG  can be
                       used to convert GIF files to JPG files with  JPEG
                       and JPG2GIF  does the  reversed.   The value  GIF
                       will  cause  MTA  to  test  all GIF's (normal and
                       lite)  with  GIFTEST  (no  conversion, other than
                       removal of obsolete bytes, will be done).

                       OWN is  used when  you work  with a  special (not
                       normally supported  compression program,  see the
                       OWNxxxx options later on).

                       When set to  PKLITE/UNPKLITE, MTA will  only look
                       for  COM/EXE  files  that  can  be  converted  to
                       PKLITE or that are  converted with PKLITE.   When
                       set to  GIFLITE, GIF2JPG  or GIF,  MTA will  only
                       look  for  GIF  files,  when  set to JPG2GIF, MTA
                       will  only  look  for  files  with  the extension
                       '.JPG'. All other values  will cause MTA to  look
                       at all known archives.

         I suggest that you include  the most frequently used target  in
         MTA.CTL and use command-line switches to work with the  special
         ones  (so  set  CompressionType  to  ZIP  if ZIP is your normal
         target and use /PKLITE on  the command-line to let MTA  work on
         COM/EXE files when needed).

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ LZHVersion [version] {alt version}                                  │
 │ PAKVersion [version] {alt version}                               (*)│
 │ ZIPVersion [version] {alt version}                               (*)│
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : These options set the version number for the various  archives.
         They are  needed because  the archivers  involved use different
         command-lines and/or internal  formats for different  versions.
         MTA can NOT auto-detect  the version-number (f.i. based  on the
         length of the  archive program) because  these programs can  be
         converted with PKLITE, DIET,  LZEXE or some other  EXE-compress
         program. You  MUST set  the manually  and you  MUST set them to
         the version you actually use !

         [version]     Must contain   the right  version. 1.10  must  be
                       translated to 110, 2.0  to 200, 1.13c to  113 and
                       so on.

         {alt version} If you use  the /ALT command-line option and  the
                       archiver  in  question  has  an alternate version
                       set  with  {second  path}  in the xxxPath option,
                       you  must  supply  the  version  number  of  this
                       program if  it is  not the  same as  the one  you
                       supplied  in  [version].  So  if  you  use   both
                       PKZIP.EXE (1.10) and  P2ZIP.EXE (2.01), you  must
                       code 'ZIPVersion 110 201'.  If you do not  supply
                       {alt version}, it will  be the same as  the value
                       set for [version] !

         Some  notes  about  the  various  differences between versions.
         For LZH, any value under 200  will cause MTA to give a  warning
         when a  2.xx archive  is found  (it will  skip the conversion).
         For ZIP, any value under 200  will cause MTA to give a  warning
         when a ZIP with a 2.xx format is detected (it will not  convert
         such a file). For PAK, the difference lies between 000  (GSArc)
         and 100 and  higher (GSArc does  not return an  errorlevel) and
         100-199 and 200 and higher (other formats in the PAK files).

         By default, MTA uses the versions 110 for ZIP, 251 for PAK  and
         213 for LHarc/LHA.

 Relate: None
 Dest. : LZH/PAK/ZIP
 (*)   : Marked options are also in usage by: MTM


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ StandardJPEG                                                        │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : When this option is NOT set, MTA will assume the GIF2JPEG and
         JPEG2GIF programs from HandMade Software <tm> as the programs
         to convert to and from JPEG. If you set this option, MTA will
         call the supplied programs without any parameters so you can
         use the STANDARD CJPEG and DJPEG programs that come from the
         Independent JPEG Group <tm>.

 Relate: JPG2GIFPath, GIF2JPGPath
 Dest. : JPG/GIF


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ ZIPCompression     [parm..parm]                                  (*)│
 │ ZSFCompression     [parm..parm]                                     │
 │ DWCCompression     [parm..parm]                                     │
 │ ARJCompression     [parm..parm]                                     │
 │ ASFCompression     [parm..parm]                                     │
 │ ZOOCompression     [parm..parm]                                     │
 │ LZHCompression     [parm..parm]                                     │
 │ LSFCompression     [parm..parm]                                     │
 │ SQZCompression     [parm..parm]                                     │
 │ SSFCompression     [parm..parm]                                     │
 │ PKLITECompression  [parm..parm]                                     │
 │ GIFLITECompression [parm..parm]                                     │
 │ G2JCompression     [parm..parm]                                     │
 │ J2GCompression     [parm..parm]                                     │
 │ GTECompression     [parm..parm]                                     │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : These options can be  used to add some extra parameters  to the
         compression program. Normally MTA uses the standard  parameters
         for each program  but some of  the programs can  have alternate
         parameters to set the density of the compression, the usage  of
         BIOS/Direct screen calls,  the detail of  reporting and so  on.
         You can add these options yourself (some suggestions are  given
         below) by  means of  these statements.  Those archive  programs
         that are NOT included,  don't have any useful  extra parameters
         that MTA should pass.

         [parm..parm]  When  you include the  options, you must  set the
                       parameters you want to  ADD to the ones  that MTA
                       already  adds.  You  can  code  them  just as you
                       would do  when you  called the  program from  the
                       command-line.

          The following options can  be used to add  (overrule) command-
          line parameters to the specific program:

          ZIPCompression     for PKZIP/PKUNZIP
          ZSFCompression     for ZIP2EXE
          DWCCompression     for DWC
          ARJCompression     for ARJ
          ASFCompression     for ARJ (when creating SFX files)
          ZOOCompression     for ZOO
          LZHCompression     for LZH
          LSFCompression     for LZH (when creating SFX files)
          SQZCompression     for SQZ
          SSFCompression     for SQZ (when creating SFX files)
          PKLITECompression  for PKLITE
          GIFLITECompression for GIFLITE
          G2JCompression     for GIF2JPG
          J2GCompression     for JPG2GIF
          GTECompression     for GIFTEST

         For ZIP you could add -es,  -en or -ex to overrule the  default
         type of  compression, for  ZOO you  could add  the 'h' for high
         compression (ZOO 2.1x),  for DWC you  could add the  'y' or 'z'
         for compression  on speed  or size,  of ARJ  the -jm1 parameter
         would be  nice and  also the  -jo statement  would be nice when
         you use  ARJ 2.3x+ and want  to convert any backups  inside the
         archives  as  well.  For  LHarc  the  /o option would force the
         older (1.13) method and  so we can go  on for a while.  Be sure
         to  add  only  extra  parameters.  The obvious ones are already
         passed by MTA  itself. The parameters  for encrypted files  and
         for special work  directories (and drives)  are also passed  by
         MTA, depending on other options !

 Relate: None
 Dest  : All
 (*)   : Marked options are also in usage by: MTM


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ OriginalARJName                                                     │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : ARJ  keeps the name  of the archive  (when created) inside  its
         own  internal  structure.  Normally  you  would  nor  have  any
         problem with that, but there are users who rename the ARJ to  a
         name that fits  their own needs  better. When you  include this
         option in MTA.CTL, MTA will  FIRST rename the file back  to the
         ORIGINAL name inside  the ARJ-structure BEFORE  conversion will
         start. This  could be  useful but  please be  warned that  some
         third  party  archive-conversion  programs  first  create   the
         archive with a  temporary name before  renaming it to  the name
         it should  be. In  such case  a file  DSZ1212.ARJ could also be
         renamed  back  by  MTA  to  ZIPCONV$.$$$  before the conversion
         starts. In general, when  you receive files from  others, don't
         use the option, otherwise you could set it.

 Relate: None
 Source: ARJ



 3.3.2 Statements that define the environment that MTA uses
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 The following statements  all define a  part of the  actual environment
 that MTA.EXE will use. Included are statements that define the  several
 directories that MTA can use,  the minimal requirements for memory  and
 space on the drives, the swapping functions and so on.

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ TempPath [dir] {bytfree}                                            │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : Most decompressors  can   use an  assigned work-directory.   It
         can be useful  to point this  work-directory to a  virtual disk
         (a  so called RAM-disk)  or to  the fastest  medium you   have,
         but,  in  most   cases,   you   must   sure   that  this  drive
         (directory) will contain  enough space to  hold  the  temporary
         work  files  for   the  largest   file   to     convert.   Some
         archivers   also  use   the environment variable TEMP to   look
         which directory  can   be used  for temporary   work-space.  In
         MTA you  can (optionally) assign the temporary directory   that
         will be  passed  to all  archivers  that can work with  such  a
         directory. In  most cases,   this will  cause the   archiver to
         use THIS   directory for   work-space and NOT  the one supplied
         in   the  variable  TEMP  (if  any).   In  doubt,  consult  the
         documentation of the archiver in question.

         [dir]         This value must point to a valid  drive/directory
                       which can  be used  for temporary  work-space. If
                       no drive  is supplied,  the default  one is used.
                       Relative  directories  (..\WRKDIR  and  such) are
                       not  advised  but  can  be  used (the are counted
                       from the CURRENT directory).

         {bytfree}     For  most conversions you need at least  a number
                       of  bytes  free  on  the  assigned work-directory
                       (drive).  To  make  sure  that  this  amount   is
                       present  on  that  drive,  you  can,  optionally,
                       supply the number of  bytes that must be  free as
                       the third  parameter. If  the number  of bytes on
                       the drive is LOWER  than the supplied value,  MTA
                       will not work and abort with an error. If you  do
                       not supply  a value,  MTA will  look if  at least
                       256K bytes  is available,  though that  could not
                       be enough in  some cases. If  you want to  ignore
                       the test at all, you can supply a value if 0.

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ MTATempPath [dir] {bytfree}                                         │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : For every  archive (and  other object)  that MTA will  convert,
         MTA creates (and later on removes) a temporary directory  UNDER
         the current directory. If this  is not what you want  (and this
         is advised), you must supply this option.

         [dir]         This value must point to a valid  drive/directory
                       which can be  used for temporary  directories. If
                       no drive  is supplied,  the default  one is used.
                       Relative  directories  (..\WRKDIR  and  such) are
                       not  advised  but  can  be  used (the are counted
                       from the  CURRENT directory).  In fact,  relative
                       directories for this option, are useless in  most
                       cases.

         {bytfree}     For  most conversions you need at least  a number
                       of bytes free on the assigned directory  (drive).
                       To make sure that this amount is present on  that
                       drive, you can, optionally, supply the number  of
                       bytes that must be  free as the third  parameter.
                       If  the  number  of  bytes  on the drive is LOWER
                       than the  supplied value,  MTA will  not work and
                       abort  with  an  error.  If  you  do not supply a
                       value, MTA will  look if at  least 256K bytes  is
                       available,  though  that  could  not be enough in
                       some cases.  If you  want to  ignore the  test at
                       all, you can supply a value if 0.

         MTA  will  create  temporary  directories UNDER this directory.
         The name  is 8  bytes long  (and when  you run  as a  second or
         third TASK, not child,  they also contain the  task-number) and
         will  represent  the  HEX  value  of  the  time/date  they were
         created.  When running as  a child of itself (arc-in-arc),  MTA
         will create temporary directories  with the name '$'  under the
         original first (8 byte) temporary directory.

         Some archivers (DWC as the  most important, related to MTA)  do
         not like  to see  points inside  a directory-name.  Such a name
         (f.i. DC33ABAF.1) can ONLY be  the LAST tree from the  root. As
         an  example,  C:\ZIP\DC33ABAF.1  is   allright  with  DWC   but
         C:\ZIP.ZIP\DC33ABAF.1 is NOT.

 Relate: ALTMTATempPath
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ ALTMTATempPath [dir] {bytfree}                                      │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : When you have supplied the MTATemppath option, you can also
         supply this option. The format and usage of this option is
         the same as for the MTATempPath option.

         What is the usage of this option ? You can setup the normal
         MTATEMPPath option to point to a fast drive (like a RAM-disk).
         Normally a RAM-disk only contains a limited number of bytes
         and that can be a problem when big archives are converted.
         If there is not enough free space on the drive that is pointed
         to by the MTATempPath option, the archive(s) in question will
         be skipped.

         If you supply the ALTMTATempPath (along with the MTATEMPPath)
         you are out of trouble. IN MTATempPath you point to a RAM-disk
         of average size (or your fastest hard-disk). Most of the small
         archives will fit in the free space and are converted with a
         reasonable speed. Now if there are bigger archives that don't
         fit on that drive, MTA will swap to the drive (and directory)
         that is pointed to by the ALTMTATempPath option. This can be
         a normal hard-disk (or a slower one) with more free space. The
         big archives can still be converted !

         If an archive won't fit on either of the two drives, MTA will
         (as before) skip the archive.

 Relate: MTATempPath
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ MTAErrorPath [dir] {F|S[count]}                                     │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : When  decompression   fails  (memory, corrupted archive and  so
         on), MTA will  put the original  archive (even though  it could
         not be OK)  into the temporary  directory that was  assigned to
         this file (the directory with  the 8-byte (or more) name  under
         the current directory  OR under the  directory assigned in  the
         MTATempPath  option   (see  above).   This  will   lead  to   a
         maintenance  problem  when  much  archives  fail. All corrupted
         files are moved to different directories and you need tools  to
         move  (or  delete)  them  all  AND  to  remove  the   temporary
         directories.  If  you  do  not  want  this maintenance, you can
         assign a  special directory  where MTA  places such  files. All
         you have to do, is to include this option in MTA.CTL.

         [dir]         This value must point to a valid  drive/directory
                       which  can  be  used  for  files  in error. If no
                       drive  is  supplied,  the  default  one  is used.
                       Relative  directories  (..\WRKDIR  and  such) are
                       not  advised  but  can  be  used (the are counted
                       from the  CURRENT directory).  In fact,  relative
                       directories for this option, are useless in  most
                       cases.

         {F|S[count]}  When this parameter is present, MTA will stop the
                       conversion when [count] number of files (when you
                       use F) or  bytes  (when you  use S) is present in
                       [dir]. For  example, F200  will cause MTA to stop
                       when there  are  200  or  more files in [dir] and
                       S200000 will  cause MTA to stop when all combined
                       files in [dir] come to (or exceed) 200.000 bytes.

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ FDUTempPath  [dir]                                                  │
 │ FDUTrashPath [dir]                                                  │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : When you want to  convert whole diskettes to a new  system (use
         the /D switch,  see later), you  need two special  directories.
         Without these  directories you  can still  convert archives  on
         diskette but  you can't  use the  special options  that MTA can
         offer when  converting diskettes.  There is  a special  chapter
         about the conversion of diskettes.

         [dir]         This value must point to a valid  drive/directory
                       which can be used the  /D option. If no drive  is
                       supplied,  the  default  one  is  used.  Relative
                       directories (..\WRKDIR and such) are not  advised
                       but  can  be  used  (the  are  counted  from  the
                       CURRENT  directory).   The  directories  must NOT
                       point  to  the  same  drive  as  you are going to
                       convert. For a 'mixed' (HDU and FDU) system,  you
                       must  assign  the  HDU,  for  a  'single'  (FDU 2
                       times)  system,  you  must  assign a directory on
                       the other diskette station.

 Relate: /D option
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ ITSPath [dir]                                                       │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : MTA can be used  in combination with ITS (version 1.06  and all
         higher versions). When  used in combination  with ITS, MTA  can
         be stopped like pressing the ESC-key but now without any  human
         actions involved.  The stopping  of MTA  is ruled  from the ITS
         task(s) that are running.

         [dir]         This value must point to a valid  drive/directory
                       which contains the ITS.SPH  file. If no drive  is
                       supplied,  the  default  one  is  used.  Relative
                       directories (..\WRKDIR and such) are not  advised
                       but  can  be  used  (the  are  counted  from  the
                       CURRENT directory).

         MTA MUST find the ITS.SPH file, otherwise MTA will abort,  even
         when ITS is not  currently in use. If  you don't have (or  use)
         ITS, you must leave this option OFF.

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ SwapPath [dir]                                                      │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : MTA can  (and will)  use a  mechanism to  clear memory when  it
         needs to. This technique  is called swapping. Swapping  will do
         the following:

         - All  data structures  that MTA  uses are  compressed together
           and written to the swapping device;

         - All program-coding minus a small piece (the program code  for
           the swapping itself) will be written to the swapping device;

         - Memory  is  cleared  an  will  be  rearranged  so it will  be
           (again) one continuous piece of memory;

         - The external  program (compressor, decompressor,  exit, virus
           checker and so on) is called and uses the freed memory;

         - After termination of the external program, control is  passed
           to the swapping-code that remained in memory;

         - The  coding will  (again) rearrange  memory as  it was,  will
           read   the   program-coding   back   AND   will   read    all
           data-structures back;

         - It will clean the swapping device;

         - It will pass control back to the point where MTA was;

         With  this  technique,  around  230.000  bytes are removed from
         memory. These 230.000  were in use  by MTA (non-overlayed)  and
         there  will  remain  only  a  couple  of bytes for the swapping
         itself (around 4K bytes).

         Normally  the  swapping  device  can  be  any  of the following
         resources:

         - EMS
           First   choice,   unless   the   NoEMS   option   (or  /NOEMS
           command-line parameter)  is supplied  or there  is not enough
           EMS to contain all data (ca. 230.000 bytes);

         - XMS
           Second choice  in SOME  cases. Not  all swapping  routines in
           MTA  can   support  XMS   yet.  If   the  NoXMS   (or  /NOXMS
           command-line parameter)  is supplied  or there  is not enough
           (or no)  XMS to  contain all  data (ca.  230.000 bytes),  MTA
           will use the next resource;

         - Disk
           When there is  not enough (or  no) EMS or  XMS (or the  NoEms
           and/or NoXMS options are active),  MTA will use disk for  the
           swapping;

         When  MTA  is  forced  to  use  disk,  it  will use the current
         directory for the swap-file that will be created. You can  (and
         sometimes MUST) overrule this with this option.

         [dir]         This value must point to a valid  drive/directory
                       which contains the swapping file. If no drive  is
                       supplied,  the  default  one  is  used.  Relative
                       directories (..\WRKDIR and such) are not  advised
                       but  can  be  used  (the  are  counted  from  the
                       CURRENT directory).

         You can also assign a directory  on a RAM-disk when you have  a
         large one. The only place where MTA disallows disk-swapping  is
         on  REMOVABLE  drives  (diskettes).  The swap-file (if created)
         has a  special (unique)  name and  will have  the HIDDEN/SYSTEM
         attribute. You must NEVER try  to remove such a file  while MTA
         is still running. It will cause a hangup !

 Relate: All swapping options
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ NoEMS                                                               │
 │ NoXMS                                                               │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : When you do not want MTA to use either (or both) EMS or (and)
         XMS, you can add these option(s) to MTA.CTL. When NoEMS is set
         and NoXMS isn't and you use QEMM or 386Max (or some program
         like that), XMS is used. When you set both options, only disk
         is used. These options are related to the swapping mechanism.
         This mechanism is the only mechanism in MTA that can make use
         of EMS/XMS.

 Relate: All swapping options
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ MoveToDir [dir]                                                     │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage :  MTA can,  optionally, move  archives (and  all other converted
         objects) to another directory  AFTER the conversion. There  are
         currently 2 different  ways to obtain  this result. One  is the
         usage of the DefaultPath option (see later), which can be  used
         by most SysOp's of Bulletin Boards. The other one, the  current
         option, can be used when  you want to move all  converted files
         from any directory that you wish to use to a new one.  Normally
         you will use the  command-line /M to do  so, but if you  always
         want to have the converted archives on the same place, you  can
         use the MoveToDir option.

         [dir]         This value must point to a valid  drive/directory
                       where  the  files  are  moved  to. If no drive is
                       supplied,  the  default  one  is  used.  Relative
                       directories (..\WRKDIR and such) are not  advised
                       but  can  be  used  (the  are  counted  from  the
                       CURRENT directory).

         There  is  one  special  format.  When  combining the /D option
         (diskette conversion)  with the  MoveToDir (or  the /M command-
         line parameter), MTA will  convert diskettes from one  diskette
         to another  one. If  you mix  runs of  MTA to convert diskettes
         AND to  do normal  conversion, you  can get  problems when this
         option is put into the MTA.CTL. In such cases it is advised  to
         use the /M command-line parameter.

         WARNING: When  you  use  MoveToDir  in  conjunction  with   the
                  ExitAfterCompression option  you have  to be  aware of
                  the following extra's:

                  - When you create an  extra file in the exit  with the
                    extension  .COM  or  .EXE  which  is  in  the   same
                    directory   as   the   original   compressed   file,
                    MoveToDir moves these files also.  When a  name-like
                    file  already   exist  in   the  MoveToDir    target
                    directory, MTA  gives you  a warning  and leaves the
                    file  where  it  was.  This  does  not  go  for  the
                    original compressed file;

                  - When  you delete  the original  compression file  in
                    the  exit,  MTA  will  notice  this and will take no
                    further actions;

         When you are running 4Dos <tm> and your original files  contain
         a  description  in  the  4Dos  description  file,  MTA will use
         4DOS's MOVE command  to move any  files (if MTA  has detected a
         full 4DOS environment and the Not4DosAware option is not  set).
         This  will  cause  any  descriptions  (added  with  4DOS) to be
         carried along to the new directory.

 Relate: Not4DosAware, /D command-line parameter
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ FreeMemory [minfree]                                                │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : MTA  uses  memory   very  dynamically.  When  you   convert two
         different directories you will see that the starting amount  of
         free memory (displayed by MTA) will never be the same. To  make
         the  story  short,  almost  every  option  that  can be entered
         multiple  times  (like  DoNot,  DefaultPath, IncludeFile and so
         on) will take a  few extra bytes of  memory and all files  that
         will be  converted (up  to 1000  in one  run) will  also take a
         dynamic amount of memory. All external calls can be ruled  with
         a  swap  option  (see  xxxPath,  Virusscanner and all exits) so
         that is not such  a problem. Also MTA  will take a look  at the
         memory and  will determine  if it  is possible  to make  itself
         useful in the presented amount  of bytes. If you still  want to
         abort  MTA  when  a  specific  number  of  free  bytes  in  NOT
         available, you can add this option to MTA.CTL.

         [minfree]     This value must be the number of BYTES (not  KILO
                       bytes)  that  must  be  free  in order to let MTA
                       start the conversion.

         By default MTA will look if  256Kb is free in memory after  all
         structures are build in memory. You can overrule the test  when
         you supply 'FreeMemory 0'.

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ Runtime [seconds]                                                   │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : MTA can be  interrupted when running attended (by  pressing the
         ESC key)  but when  you run  UNattended this  can be a problem.
         When you want to  run MTA for a  certain time (when MTA  is run
         inside a BBS event for instance), you can supply this option.

         [seconds]     This value  must be set to the number of  seconds
                       that MTA must execute.

         If the time is  over and there are  still files left, MTA  will
         skip them. To  make sure that  already converted files  are not
         converted again, it is advised  to either move them to  another
         directory, use MTA's marking-technique or use the option  where
         MTA will only convert files that have an earlier date then  the
         file FILES.MTA (a semaphore file, see later).

         MTA will always  run somewhat longer  than [seconds]. MTA  will
         not stop in the middle of a conversion so the one that  started
         [seconds]-1 will be finished. If  this is a big one,  some time
         can pass before MTA will terminate.

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ Not4DosAware                                                        │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : MTA will do some  internal DOS-calls to see if 4DOS  is present
         in the machine. If so, MTA will use 4DOS's move on any move  of
         a file that  will be done  inside MTA. If  there is no  4DOS in
         usage,  MTA  will  use  its  own  internal  (and quicker) MOVE.
         4DOS's MOVE is  used to move  any descriptions inside  the file
         DESCRIPT.ION (a 4DOS internal file which can be present  inside
         the directory with a HIDDEN attribute).

         If you don't  use 4DOS descriptions  for your files  and/or you
         want to use the faster internal  MOVE AND you run 4DOS on  your
         machine, you can include this option.

 Relate: MoveToPath (and all internal moves)
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ VideoMode [mode]                                                    │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : MTA can adjust  itself to non-standard text-modes. Some  of the
         more common examples are 80x43, 132x60 and so on. If you  enter
         MTA  when  the  screen  is  such  a  mode,  MTA will extend the
         display in  the actual  number of  lines and,  with modes  that
         support  more  than   110  characters,  also   the  number   of
         characters on a line.

         If you  normally run  in a  normal text-mode  (80x25) but still
         want to  see MTA  running in  a special  text-mode, you can add
         this statement to MTA.CTL.

         [mode]        This  is the  decimal number of  the video   mode
                       that  MTA  will  try  to  set.  Look  inside your
                       video-card manual  to see  which mode  you should
                       use.

         After MTA  has processed  the MTA.CTL  options, MTA  will reset
         the video-card to  the supplied mode  (if included in  MTA.CTL)
         and before termination,  MTA will reset  to the standard  text-
         mode. If you use an invalid mode, damage to your monitor  could
         be the case (see video-card manual) or you are not able to  see
         anything  until  MTA  has  finished  (or  the  machine can even
         hang).

         MTA will not alter the video-mode if it can detect that  it  is
         called under a multi-tasking environment like DesqView <tm>. In
         these cases the VIDEOMODE option will be obsolete.

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ SubstDrive [drivearray]                                             │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This is a VERY  important option. Most archives include the  so
         called directory entries. These  are the directories that  were
         included when the archive was created. If an archive was  made,
         containing all files (*.*)  from the current directory  and all
         lower trees AND you supplied the options to include the  actual
         directories,  given  the  following  structure  (root  is   the
         current directory):

         [root, current directory, drive C]
            CONFIG.SYS
            [sub-dir HLP]
            TEST.TST
                [sub-dir ZIP]
                TEST.TST
                [sub-dir ZAP]
                TEST.TST
                   [sub-dir ZA1]
                   TEST.TST
                   [sub-dir ZA2]
                   TEST.TST

         the  archive  will  contain  one  of the two following formats,
         either the relative directories:

         CONFIG.SYS
         HLP\TEST.TST
         HLP\ZIP\TEST.TST
         HLP\ZAP\TEST.TST
         HLP\ZAP\ZA1\TEST.TST
         HLP\ZAP\ZA2\TEST.TST

         or the absolute directories:

         \CONFIG.SYS
         \HLP\TEST.TST
         \HLP\ZIP\TEST.TST
         \HLP\ZAP\TEST.TST
         \HLP\ZAP\ZA1\TEST.TST
         \HLP\ZAP\ZA2\TEST.TST

         The fact  if there  are ABSOLUTE  or RELATIVE  directories will
         depend on  the type  of archive  system. Normally  (without the
         SubstDrive option  set), MTA  will only  convert directories if
         the  source  archive  system  contains RELATIVE directories AND
         the target archive system  can contain directory entries.   For
         some  archivers  you  can  not  be  sure about the fact if they
         contain ABSOLUTE  or RELATIVE  directories and  some will  ONLY
         contain  ABSOLUTE  entries.  When  MTA  would  convert  such an
         archive, it would extract the  archive with all options into  a
         directory  F:\JUST\AN\EXAMPLE\156DA12F  (just  an  example) but
         while  decompress  starts,  the  decompress  program  would add
         files in ABSOLUTE directories, causing NONE of the files to  be
         added to F:\JUST\AN\EXAMPLE\156DA12F. Files would be stored  in
         C:\,  C:\HLP\,  C:\HLP\ZIP,  C:\HLP\ZAP,  C:\HLP\ZA1  and   the
         C:\HLP\ZA2 directory.

         MTA would be  able to notice  this and could  archive the files
         from  these  directories  back  into  the new archive (with the
         delete option) but  there are too  many risks involved.  MTA is
         created so  UNATTENDED operation  is possible.  To secure this,
         all warnings  and queries  are suppressed.  MTA would  start to
         call  the  decompress  program  and  the  first thing that will
         happen is the overwrite of  CONFIG.SYS on C:\ (all other  files
         look like if they will  not cause any trouble). When  MTA would
         start the target-compression program, CONFIG.SYS would then  be
         archived AND  deleted, leaving  C: without  CONFIG.SYS. Can you
         imagine what would  happen if files  like IO.SYS and  MSDOS.SYS
         would be extracted to the root or COMMAND.COM ?

         Given the  example above,  MTA will  NEVER decompress  archives
         that could  contain ABSOLUTE  directories unless  you use  some
         special options. There ARE many archives that have a  structure
         like this AND you  would still be able  to convert them but  in
         all cases WITHOUT any risk involved.

         For this reason, MTA  contains support for SUBSTituted  drives.
         If you don't know what  the command SUBST means under  DOS, you
         should read the DOS manual.  In short, SUBST will create  a new
         drive-letter and the root of  this drive is the same  directory
         as you supply  to SUBST. So  when you make  a SUBST drive  (G:)
         from F:\JUST\AN\EXAMPLE\156DA12F (see above), G:\ would be  the
         same  as   F:\JUST\AN\EXAMPLE\156DA12F  and   all   directories
         created under G:\ would in fact be created under the  directory
         F:\JUST\AN\EXAMPLE\156DA12F.  With  this  trick  (which  is   a
         normal DOS command), you CAN convert archives with  directories
         that  are  ABSOLUTE  and  you  can  still convert archives with
         RELATIVE  directories.  If  you  include the SubstDrive option,
         all  archives  WITH  directories,  no  matter  the  type of the
         directories, will convert in the  BEST possible way to the  new
         target (if  the new  target does  not support  directories, MTA
         can't fix that, but if it does, they will be there).

         There are some precautions to  take before you start with  this
         option. First, your DOS must support SUBSTituted drives:

         - Your DOS  must support SUBSTituted  drives. All DOS  versions
           from  3.0  and  up  will  contain the support for SUBSTituted
           drives;

         - You need the DOS program that can make and delete these  kind
           of SUBSTituted drives. This  program is called SUBST  (EXE in
           most cases, sometimes COM).   It would be possible to  have a
           self-contained  support  in  MTA  but  the  methods to create
           SUBSTituted drives  vary every  DOS release.  Make sure  that
           the program  SUBST.EXE or  SUBST.COM is  somewhere inside the
           DOS-path (MTA will search for the file itself and will  abort
           if  the  SubstDrive  option  is  set  but  the  SUBST.EXE/COM
           program isn't found);

         - You  must alter  the LASTDRIVE  option in  CONFIG.SYS (or set
           with one of  the QEMM <tm>  utilities) to a  higher value. If
           your current last drive is F:  and you are going to run  only
           ONE MTA at a time (it  is possible to run multiple copies  at
           the same time  under any multi-tasker  like DesqView <tm>  or
           MS Windows <tm>), you can set it to G:. In fact, you need  as
           much extra drives as  the number of concurrently  running MTA
           programs.  If  you  have   a  variable  drive   configuration
           (sometimes you have a  RAM-disk, sometimes you haven't),  you
           can also assign a much higher letter. In fact, it is  allowed
           to use drive Z: for SUBSTituted drives, even if the last  one
           is F:. In doubt, you  must leave out the LASTDRIVE  option in
           CONFIG.SYS;

         - You  must test  the SUBST  program manually  to make  sure is
           works. Use a directory and  try SUBST on all drives  that are
           going to use in MTA;

         If all  points above  are checked,  you can  add the SubstDrive
         option in MTA.  If you use  the SubstDrive option  with invalid
         letters things  CAN go  wrong. I  strongly advise  to use drive
         letters that are NEVER  going to be used  (f.i. Y: and Z:  when
         running 2  concurrent MTA's  or only  Z: if  you only use one).
         It IS  possible but  NEVER use  a drive  letter that  is one of
         your CURRENT drives and certainly  not one of the floppy  drive
         letters if you want to use the /D option !

         [drivearray]   You must  supply at  least one  drive-letter but
                       you  can  supply  op  to  26.  You  must supply a
                       different  letter  for  each  concurrent MTA that
                       you  are  going  to  run.  The first MTA (task 1)
                       uses  the  first  letter,  the  next MTA (task 2)
                       will  use  the  second  and  so  on  !  With  all
                       warnings  in  mind,  you  could supply the option
                       'SubstDrive  Z'  of  one  MTA and 'SubstDrive YZ'
                       for two concurrently running MTA's;

         There is  nothing to  worry about  when you  use the SubstDrive
         option  (unless  you  have  a  very special configuration). MTA
         will do all the work  for you. MTA will assign  the SUBSTituted
         drives itself (by calling  SUBST.EXE/COM) and will remove  them
         again when  conversion is  finished. MTA  will check  the drive
         letters you supplied  in the SubstDrive  to see if  any of them
         is a 'real' drive. If this  is the case, MTA will abort.  Under
         special conditions  this test  may fail  though, so  you should
         take  all  previous  warnings  in  mind before you start. Don't
         experiment  with  the  option,  just  do  it  the  way  it   is
         suggested.

 Relate: SubstOn, SubstOff
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ SubstOn [path] {parm}..{parm}                                       │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This  option  can  only   be  used  in  combination  with   the
         SUBSTDrive  option.   When  used,   the  SubstOff   option   is
         mandatory.

         When SubstDrive  is set,  MTA will  use the  following calls to
         the DOS SUBST.EXE  program to set  the substituted drive  ON or
         OFF:

         - On
           [drive:][dir]\SUBST.EXE [drive_to_page] [dir_to_page_over]

         - Off
           [drive:][dir]\SUBST.EXE [drive_to_page] /D

         Normally  this  will  work  in  the  proper way unless you need
         another syntax (special DOS-versions) or you even need  another
         program (networks) to  page (virtual) drives  over directories.
         For this need,  you can use  the SubstOn and  SubstOff options.
         With  these  options,  you  can  tell MTA which program(s) with
         which parameters  are to  be called  to switch  the substituded
         (paged) drive on (SubstOn) and off (SubstOff):

         [Path]        This parameter must contain the drive,  directory
                       and  filename  of  the  program  in question. MTA
                       will  validate  the working of the program;

         [parm] {parm} At  this  location   you  can  (must) supply  the
                       various parameters for  the program. There  are a
                       few macros  available  that  will  be replaced by
                       values at run-time. These are:

                       %DP This  macro will  be replaced  with the drive
                           letter (without  ':') of  drive that  will be
                           paged over the temporary directory;

                       %DF This  macro will  be replaced  with the drive
                           letter  (WITH  ':')  of  drive  that  will be
                           paged over the temporary directory;

                       %PP This macro will be replaced by the  temporary
                           directory  that  needs  to  be  accessed as a
                           drive  (normally  a  directory  under the one
                           you  specified  in  MTATempPath).  This macro
                           will NOT give a directory with a backslash;

                       %PF This macro will be replaced by the  temporary
                           directory  that  needs  to  be  accessed as a
                           drive  (normally  a  directory  under the one
                           you  specified  in  MTATempPath).  This macro
                           WILL give a directory with a backslash;

                       %NP Same as %PP but without the drive-letter (so
                           you can create combinations like \\TEM\PAS;

                       %NF Same as %PF but without the drive-letter (so
                           you can create combinations like \\TEM\PAS\;

         Included are  two examples,  one that  will be  the same as MTA
         uses internally (but now  specified with SubstOn and  SubstOff)
         and one  for a  network that  needs a  program MAP to subtitute
         (page the drive).  The first example  is split in  two examples
         (one with  a DIRECT  call to  SUBST and  one using a batch-file
         SUBST.BAT):

         - Using SUBST (THIS IS THE MTA DEFAULT AND NEED NOT BE USED)
           - Directly:
             SubstOn  C:\DOS\SUBST.EXE %DF %PP
             SubstOff C:\DOS\SUBST.EXE %DF /D
           - Called from a batch-file
             SubstOn  C:\DOS\COMMAND.COM /C C:\DOS\SUB.BAT %DF %PP
             SubstOff C:\DOS\COMMAND.COM /C C:\DOS\SUB.BAT %DF /D

         - Using MAP (only an example, use your own Network-program)
           SubstOn  C:\NOV\MAP.EXE   %DF=\%NP
           SubstOff C:\NOV\MAP.EXE R %DF

 Relate: SubstOff, NoSubstTest
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ SubstOff [path] {parm}..{parm}                                      │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : See SubstOn (SubstOff is used tro switch the substitution off).

 Relate: SubstOn, NoSubstTest
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ NoSubstTest                                                         │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : When  substituted  drives  will be used by MTA (either by using
         SUBST or  any  other  kind  of  program  when  the  SubstOn and
         SubstOff  options  are used), MTA will check (after the 'subst'
         drive is assigned)  if  this  new drive is not a REAL drive. In
         certain  configurations  (networks), MTA  will get a REAL drive
         back  and  will  abort. In  these  cases  this option should be
         supplied. It  will  bypass  the test for a REAL drive ! If this
         is used  in  a  normal  (non-network)  DOS environment, you are
         bypassing  all  security  checks  and strange things can happen
         if the  SUBST-drive  actually IS a real drive with files. Never
         use this  option  unless  you know what you are doing AND after
         you have  made  a  backup  of the files on the drive(s) in that
         can/will be used.


 Relate: SubstOn, SubstOff, SubstDrive
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ ExtendedTesting                                                     │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : Some older  decompress programs  do not  return an  errorlevel
         when something is wrong with the decompress. For example,  some
         older PAK versions (GSARC) could signal that one or more  files
         inside the archive  contained a CRC-error  but returned a  zero
         errorlevel. In these cases  MTA will think that  the decompress
         is ok, will remove the archive and will compress the  remaining
         (if any) files to a new archive, causing only a part (or  none)
         of the original archive to be converted.

         MTA can make  sure (for 98%)  that the extracted  files are the
         same as the  ones that are  in the original  source-archive. To
         add this fail-save mechanism, you must add the  ExtendedTesting
         option in  MTA.CTL. MTA  will count  the combined  uncompressed
         bytes that the  archive will show  to the world  and will count
         these bytes again (bases on  the actual files) after the  files
         are decompressed. If they  differ, MTA will delete  these files
         again and will move the original archive to the directory  that
         contains the  faulty archives.  A warning  is produced  and the
         next conversion (if any) will start.

         There are some special archives that can not be tested for  the
         full 100%. These are:

         - ARJ  archives with  files that  are compressed  as TEXT-files
           ARJ can compress  files as TEXT-files  (-t1 parameter on  the
           ARJ  command-line).  The  filesize  of  such files inside the
           ARJ-archive  is  showed  as  the  size  WITHOUT any CR/LF and
           CTRL-Z  (EOF)  markers.  For  instance,  a  text-file  with 2
           records, each containing 10 bytes, will normally have a  size
           of (2 x 10) + (2 x 2  (CRLF)) + 1 is 25 bytes. ARJ will  show
           this file as a file with a size of 20. THIS IS ONLY THE  CASE
           with files that are compressed with -t1 !  If MTA detects  an
           ARJ-file  with  such  text-files  inside,  it  will  skip the
           extended  test  (not  to  worry,  because  ARJ will return an
           errorlevel when  the files  inside the  original archive  are
           not OK). In a  discussion with the author  of ARJ I was  told
           that  this  has  something  to  do  with  the multi- platform
           (DOS/UNIX and so on) support;

         - ARJ  and ZOO  archives with  backups inside  Both ZOO and ARJ
           archives  can  contain  backup  copies,  even multiple backup
           copies. When you make an archive with the file A.A inside  an
           a  few  days  later  you  will  do  this  again (with special
           ZOO/ARJ command-line options), the  first A.A will be  marked
           as backup  and the  second is  added. This  can go  on for  a
           large number of times, eventually resulting in archives  that
           contain (for  instance) 100  A.A files,  1 of  them being the
           original (the one  added last) and  99 backups.   There is NO
           direct  support  archival  backups  in  MTA  but  you CAN add
           options in MTA  to instruct ARJ  (and ZOO) to  extract all of
           these backups  (with a  rename, done  by the  archive program
           itself). Because  this is  possible, MTA  will skip  extended
           testing  for  archives  with  backups  inside.  This  is   no
           problem. ARJ and  ZOO will both  report errorlevels when  the
           decompress fails;

         It is advised to always use ExtendedTesting. The only  drawback
         is some loss in speed but on hard-disks this will be less  than
         a second for each file (average).

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ ShareWait [seconds]                                                 │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : You can  run multiple copies of  MTA AND it is  possible to run
         MTA in a second task (along side a BBS). In these cases it  can
         be possible  that MTA  needs resources  (files) that  the other
         task  is  using  also.  In  multi-tasking environments you must
         always load SHARE (see DOS manual) to give support to  programs
         that would  like to  share resources  (files). If  MTA needs  a
         resource  that  is  currently  locked  (a  file  that  is being
         updated by the other task), it will wait until the resource  is
         free again unless it  takes to long. If  it takes to long,  MTA
         will abort.

         MTA will look every 10 seconds to see if a resource if free  to
         use again  (after the  initial lock).  This process  will go on
         for 300  seconds (5  minutes) by  default. After  that, no  new
         cycle will  start, but  MTA will  abort. You  can also stop the
         cycle by pressing CTRL-E, in which case MTA will abort.

         [seconds]     By default, MTA will  look every 10 seconds   for
                       the duration of 300  seconds. You can alter  this
                       value  to  anything  you  like.  If  you  want to
                       change it, you  must supply the  ShareWait option
                       with  that  number  of  seconds. F.i., 'ShareWait
                       600' will cause MTA to look every 10 seconds  for
                       the duration of 600 seconds (is 10 minutes).

         ShareWait is ONLY needed in a multitasking/network  environment
         and has no meaning  when SHARE is not  loaded. If SHARE is  not
         loaded and a lock  occurs (multi-tasking without sharing),  MTA
         will abort directly !

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ AltDisplay                                                          │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : When running  in a  normal 80x25  text-screen, MTA can  display
         two different kind of information windows on the right side  of
         the  screen.  The  normal  one  contains  a summary of the most
         important options.  The other  one contains  a dynamic  list of
         the archives  that still  need to  be converted.  You can  swap
         between the list with  the 'T' key but  you can also force  MTA
         to display the dynamic file-list  at startup. In that case  you
         can  still  swap  screens  with  the  'T'  key, but the dynamic
         window is the first one to show up when you start MTA.

         To force  MTA to  start with  the dynamic  file-list, you  must
         supply the AltDisplay option.  When running in 110+x25+  modes,
         MTA will always display BOTH windows and the AltDisplay  option
         will be ignored.

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ WarningTime [cycles]                                             (*)│
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : MTA will sometimes give a  warning or an error. In this case  a
         message is displayed and a  'running light' is displayed for  a
         number of  cycles. You  can stop  the cycles  by hitting ESC or
         you can wait until it is finished (around 20 seconds).

         [cycles]      By default, MTA  will use 20 cycles   (equivalent
                       to 20 seconds). You  can supply any value  from 0
                       (no cycles) to 65535.

         If you supply a value of  zero, MTA will also stop making  some
         noise when errors or warnings are displayed. If you supply  any
         non-zero value,  MTA will  beep when  an error  or a warning is
         displayed unless the NoBeep option is active.

 Relate: NoBeep
 Dest. : All
 (*)   : Marked options are also in usage by: MTM


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ NoBeep                                                              │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : By default  MTA will produce a  beep on the PC-speaker  when an
         error or warning is displayed (or when MTA is finished).  There
         will be no  sound when WarningTIme  equals a value  of zero but
         in this case you  will also not see  any messages. If you  want
         to see  messages but  you dislike  the sound,  you must use the
         NoBeep option in MTA.CTL.

 Relate: WarningTime
 Dest. : All



 3.3.3 Statements that define the logging
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA can log almost anything.  The following statements define the  type
 of logging (if any)  for the several actions  and the actual format  of
 the logged records.

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ LogPath [dir]                                                       │
 │ LogPath [path]                                                      │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : MTA can log almost everything. Under normal conditions you  can
         choose not to log (it will  speed things up a little) but  then
         you will not be able to create statistical reports and  nothing
         can be traced back. In a BBS environment you can choose to  log
         in  the  same  log-file  as  the  one  that is used by your BBS
         program. In all cases  MTA will try to  open the log in  shared
         append mode, so current logs will appended to and full  sharing
         is available. There  are two different  ways you can  setup the
         logging:

         [dir]         This value must point to a valid  drive/directory
                       where logging  will take  place. If  no drive  is
                       supplied,  the  default  one  is  used.  Relative
                       directories (..\WRKDIR and such) are not  advised
                       but  can  be  used  (the  are  counted  from  the
                       CURRENT directory).   In this  case MTA  will try
                       to open the file  with the name MTA.LOG  and will
                       append  to  it  when  it  is present or create it
                       when it is not (yet) available;

         [path]        This value must point to a valid  drive/directory
                       and  filename  of  the  log-file.  If no drive is
                       supplied,  the  default  one  is  used.  Relative
                       directories (..\WRKDIR and such) are not  advised
                       but  can  be  used  (the  are  counted  from  the
                       CURRENT directory).   In this  case MTA  will try
                       to open the file with the SUPPLIED name and  will
                       append  to  it  when  it  is present or create it
                       when it is not (yet) available;

         The LogPath option only assigns the actual log-file or (if  not
         present) will force to 'noLog'. The style of logging that  will
         be used, will depend on other options. Inside the log-file  you
         will  see  information,  statistics,  warnings  and errors. The
         earlier MTA versions contained a ErrorLogPath option. With  the
         15.01 release (and higher) this option has become obsolete.

 Relate: LogStyleFormat
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ LogThreshold [bytes]                                                │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This  option  is used by both MTA and MTL. You can set a number
         of bytes which  will be  the  threshold for both MTA and MTL to
         do a special function.

         [bytes]       This must be a numeric (positive) value that will
                       be used as the threshold;

         If the  log-file (as defined on the LOGPATH option) gets bigger
         than [bytes], MTA  will  terminate  with  an errorlevel that is
         100 bigger  than  normal. Currently  MTA can terminate with the
         errorlevels  0 (normal termination), 16 (abnormal termination),
         100 (normal  termination and LOG-file is bigger than [bytes] or
         116 (abnormal termination and LOG-file is bigger that [bytes]).

         MTL will  use  the  LogThreshold  option  to  detect if the log
         has to  be  compressed  (when MTL  is executed with /BATCH) and
         will  (or will not)  compress  the  log according to the actual
         size.

         MTA can  work  with  errorlevel  for this function, to overcome
         a useless call to MTL.

         You can setup  a  batch  where  you can test the errorlevel and
         call MTL when the errorlevel is 100 or 116.

 Relate: LogPath and MTL
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ AVLogPath [dir]                                                     │
 │ AVLogPath [path]                                                    │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : MTA can log AV-codes and names. Under normal conditions you can
         choose not to log (it will  speed things up a little) but  then
         you will  not  be  able  to  see which AV-codes belong to which
         authors. This  log-file  will  contain AV-numbers (from ZIP and
         ARJ files) and  the  names that belong to that numbers. The log
         can be a help when you setup the IncludeAVFile option(s). Never
         point  to  the  same  log as in the LogPath option. The general
         format  of  the  AV-log  is quite different than the normal log
         that MTA maintains !
         There are two different ways you can setup the logging:

         [dir]         This value must point to a valid  drive/directory
                       where logging  will take  place. If  no drive  is
                       supplied,  the  default  one  is  used.  Relative
                       directories (..\WRKDIR and such) are not  advised
                       but  can  be  used  (the  are  counted  from  the
                       CURRENT directory).   In this  case MTA  will try
                       to open the file  with the name MTA.LOG  and will
                       append  to  it  when  it  is present or create it
                       when it is not (yet) available;

         [path]        This value must point to a valid  drive/directory
                       and  filename  of  the  log-file.  If no drive is
                       supplied,  the  default  one  is  used.  Relative
                       directories (..\WRKDIR and such) are not  advised
                       but  can  be  used  (the  are  counted  from  the
                       CURRENT directory).   In this  case MTA  will try
                       to open the file with the SUPPLIED name and  will
                       append  to  it  when  it  is present or create it
                       when it is not (yet) available;

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ NormalPasswordListPath [dir]                                        │
 │ NormalPasswordListPath [path]                                       │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : When  you   create  archives  with passwords  (/OP command-line
         parameter), MTA will  log these archives  (and passwords) in  a
         special  log-file.  This  log-file  CAN  be  the  same  as  the
         log-file that is assigned in the LogPath option or it can be  a
         different  log.  The  usage  of NormalPasswordListPath is fully
         optional but if you leave it out and you use passwords for  the
         target  archives  you  must  remember  the  passwords from your
         head.

         [dir]         This value must point to a valid  drive/directory
                       where logging  will take  place. If  no drive  is
                       supplied,  the  default  one  is  used.  Relative
                       directories (..\WRKDIR and such) are not  advised
                       but  can  be  used  (the  are  counted  from  the
                       CURRENT directory).   In this  case MTA  will try
                       to open the file  with the name MTA.NPW  and will
                       append  to  it  when  it  is present or create it
                       when it is not (yet) available;

         [path]        This value must point to a valid  drive/directory
                       and  filename  of  the  log-file.  If no drive is
                       supplied,  the  default  one  is  used.  Relative
                       directories (..\WRKDIR and such) are not  advised
                       but  can  be  used  (the  are  counted  from  the
                       CURRENT directory).   In this  case MTA  will try
                       to open the file with the SUPPLIED name and  will
                       append  to  it  when  it  is present or create it
                       when it is not (yet) available;

 Relate: RandomPasswordListPath, LogStyleFormat
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ RandomPasswordListPath [dir]                                        │
 │ RandomPasswordListPath [path]                                       │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : MTA has  an option  to assign  RANDOM passwords  to the  target
         archives (the /OP@ command-line parameter). The files that  are
         converted and  the passwords  that have  been assigned  to each
         file MUST be logged. If you  leave out this option and you  use
         /OP@, MTA will  ENFORCE the logging  in the current  directory,
         otherwise  it  uses  the  values  that  are  supplied with this
         option.

         [dir]         This value must point to a valid  drive/directory
                       where logging  will take  place. If  no drive  is
                       supplied,  the  default  one  is  used.  Relative
                       directories (..\WRKDIR and such) are not  advised
                       but  can  be  used  (the  are  counted  from  the
                       CURRENT directory).   In this  case MTA  will try
                       to open the file  with the name MTA.PWD  and will
                       append  to  it  when  it  is present or create it
                       when it is not (yet) available;

         [path]        This value must point to a valid  drive/directory
                       and  filename  of  the  log-file.  If no drive is
                       supplied,  the  default  one  is  used.  Relative
                       directories (..\WRKDIR and such) are not  advised
                       but  can  be  used  (the  are  counted  from  the
                       CURRENT directory).   In this  case MTA  will try
                       to open the file with the SUPPLIED name and  will
                       append  to  it  when  it  is present or create it
                       when it is not (yet) available;

 Relate: NormalPasswordListPath, LogStyleFormat
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ LogStyleFormat [styleformat]                                        │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : MTA creates  several log-records  under different   conditions.
         You  can  use  the  standard  log,  but  Sysop's hate all these
         different log-files  (in general).   MTA can  create customized
         log-records. With this option,  you can instruct MTA  to create
         records that  look the  same as  the records  from your  mailer
         and/or  BBS  program.    The  option  LogStyleFormat  and   the
         following LogDateFormat/LogTimeFormat  combination can  be used
         to define  the style  of the  log-records that  MTA will create
         for  ALL  three   log-files  (LogPath,   NormalPasswordListPath
         RandomPasswordListPath   log-files).     These   options    are
         implemented with the idea  that different log-styles only  vary
         at the start of the records and NOT at the end.

         The LogStyleFormat  defines the  'structure' of  the log-record
         header. The format is free but with three special cases:

         - Spaces must be replaced by underscore characters '_';

         - The  part  of  the  record  that  contains  the date must  be
           defined with %D (if a date is wanted);

         - The  part  of  the  record  that  contains  the time must  be
           defined with %T (if a time is wanted);

         - Any  extra CRLF  combinations (to  create a  separation line)
           must be defined with ^M;

         [styleformat] This  is  the  actual  string  that  defines  the
                       format of the log-header. You can use two  macros
                       inside this string, the %T that will be  replaced
                       with the time  in the format  as supplied in  the
                       LogTimeFormat  option   and  %D   that  will   be
                       replaced with the date in the format as  supplied
                       in  the  LogDateFormat  option.  You must observe
                       the 4 rules that are described above;

         An example  (also read  LogDateFormat and  LogTimeFormat for  a
         description  of  the  time  and  date  functions).  You want to
         create records that look like this:

         +  6 Jan 1990   2:00p   The-start-of-the-log

         The 'The-start-of-the-log' part  is constructed by  MTA itself,
         so  you  have  only  to  define  the  header.  This  is done as
         follows:

         LogStyleFormat +_%D__%T___       (The '_' replaces the spaces)
         LogDateFormat  DD_nnn_yyyy
         LogTimeFormat  HH:mmt

         %D and %T are  replaced by MTA with  the date and time  formats
         as  supplied  in   LogDateFormat  and  LogTimeFormat.   MTA.CTL
         contains  a  number  of  examples  for  the  various BBS/Mailer
         programs.

 Relate: LogStartStyleFormat, LogDateFormat, LogTimeFormat
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ LogStartStyleFormat [styleformat]                                   │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This   is  an   additional    option  you   can use along  with
         the previous   LogStyleFormat  option.   Some  types   of   log
         use  a special  format  where   the  actual  date  is put  into
         an extra record  (with- out any   further meaning than  logging
         the date).   MTA can create  such a record   for you. MTA  will
         put   the     record   with   the   format   you   supply    in
         LogStartStyleFormat into the  log as the first and only  record
         for THIS run of MTA. If MTA  stops and is started again, a  new
         record of this type is written.

         [styleformat] This  is  the  actual  string  that  defines  the
                       format of  the log-file  start. You  can use  two
                       macros inside  this string,  the %T  that will be
                       replaced with the time in the format as  supplied
                       in the LogTimeFormat option  and %D that will  be
                       replaced with the date in the format as  supplied
                       in  the  LogDateFormat  option.  You must observe
                       the 4 rules that are described above;

         A type of log with this  format is found in the FrontDoor  <tm>
         mailer. The  options you  can use  in this  logstyle-format are
         the same as with the LogStyleFormat option.

 Relate: LogStyleFormat, LogDateFormat, LogTimeFormat
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ LogDateFormat [styleformat]                                         │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : LogDateFormat is used to define the 'date part' (actually the
         %D) in the LogStyleFormat option. MTA can is able to replace a
         number of characters (macros) by parts that make up the date.
         You can (must) also include special date-separation characters
         so your newly created date will actually look like a data !

         [styleformat] This is the actual string that defines the
                       format of the %D macros, used in the options
                       LogStyleFormat and LogStartStyleFormat. The
                       [styleformat] must be coded in the format you
                       want the date to have. Spaces, used as the
                       separation between components of the date, must
                       be coded as spaces (and not as '_' characters).
                       The following codes can be used:

                       mm    Month with a (optionally) leading zero

                       MM    Month  ,,         ,,         ,,   space

                       dd    Day    ,,         ,,         ,,   zero

                       DD    Day    ,,         ,,         ,,   space

                       yy    Year  (format: 92  )

                       yyyy  Year  (format: 1992)

                       nnn   Name of the  month (with mixed  case,  like
                             Jan, Oct  and so  on). The  length of 'nnn'
                             will  rule  the  length  of  the  name,  so
                             'nnnn' will be replaced by 'Janu';

                       NNN   Name of  the month  (UPPER case,  like  JAN
                             OCT and  so on).  The length  of 'nnn' will
                             rule  the  length  of  the  name, so 'NNNN'
                             will be replaced by 'JANU';

                       www   Name of  the day  (with mixed  case,   like
                             Fri, Sat  and so  on). The  length of 'www'
                             will  rule  the  length  of  the  name,  so
                             'wwww' will be replaced by 'Frid';

                       WWW   Name of  the month  (UPPER case,  like  FRI
                             SAT and  so on).  The length  of 'nnn' will
                             rule  the  length  of  the  name, so 'WWWW'
                             will be replaced by 'FRID';

         Some valid examples (notice the separation characters that  are
         coded between the macros):

         mm/dd/yy         01/31/90
         MM-dd-yy          1-31-90
         dd/mm/yyyy       31/01/1990
         dd/mm/yyyy       31/01/1990
         dd NNN yyyy      31 JAN 1990
         dd nnn yy        31 Jan 1990
         dd n yyyy        31 J 1990
         www dd nnn yyyy  Sun 31 Jan 1990

 Relate: LogStyleFormat, LogStartStyleFormat
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ LogTimeFormat [styleformat]                                         │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : LogTimeFormat is used  to define the 'time part'  (actually the
         %T) in the LogStyleFormat option. MTA can is able to replace  a
         number of characters (macros) by  parts that make up the  time.
         You can (must) also include special time-separation  characters
         so your newly created time will actually look like a time !

         [styleformat]  This  is  the  actual  string  that  defines the
                       format  of  the  %T  macros,  used in the options
                       LogStyleFormat   and   LogStartStyleFormat.   The
                       [styleformat]  must  be  coded  in the format you
                       want  the  time  to  have.  Spaces,  used  as the
                       separation between components  of the time,  must
                       be coded as spaces  (and not as '_'  characters).
                       The following codes can be used:

                       hh    Hour  with a (optionally) leading zero

                       HH    Hour   ,,         ,,         ,,   space

                       mm    Min    ,,         ,,         ,,   zero

                       MM    Min    ,,         ,,         ,,   space

                       ss    Sec    ,,         ,,         ,,   zero

                       SS    Sec    ,,         ,,         ,,   zero

                       t     will be replaced by 'p' (in pm) or 'a'  (in
                             am);

                       T     will be replaced by 'P' (in PM) or 'A'  (in
                             AM);

                       e     will be  replaced with 'm'  (in am or   pm)
                             and must be combined with 'T' or 't';

                       E     will be  replaced with 'M'  (in AM or   PM)
                             and must be combined with 'T' or 't';

                       If   you    leave   out    any    't'/'T'/'e'/'E'
                       combination, the time will be in 24-hour format.

         Some  valid  examples  (notice  the  separation characters that
         are coded between the macros):

         hh:mm            14:00
         hh.mmt           02.00p
         HH:mmte           2:00pm
         HH:mm:ss         14:00:45
         hh:mm:ss         14:00:45

 Relate: LogStyleFormat, LogStartStyleFormat
 Dest. : All



 3.3.4 Statements that define the selection of files
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 There are several options in MTA.CTL that rule the selection of  files.
 Most of  them are  described in  this chapter.  Those which  have to do
 with  the  selection  of  files  in  a BBS environment (SysOp's) can be
 found in the chapter that describes the special BBS parameters.

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ DefaultPath [dir] {targetdir}                                       │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : Without any  special options,  MTA will  start working  in  the
         current directory. There are several ways to overrule this  (by
         default in MTA.CTL or temporary  on the command-line).  One  of
         the  options  that  can  be  used  by both BBS operators and by
         normal users, is this DefaultPath option. With this option  you
         force MTA  to convert  files that  are in  the directories that
         you supply on one or more (up to 255) DefaultPath options.

         If you  don't do  special actions  AND you  leave the converted
         files inside  the directories  that you  assign with  the FIRST
         parameter of this option, MTA will convert them AGAIN when  you
         start MTA for the second  (and further) time. You can  fix this
         problem  by  either  marking  the   files  as  done  (see   the
         MarkString  related  options)  or  by  using  the  OnlyNewFiles
         option  or  by  moving  them  to  another directory that is not
         touched by MTA, either automatically or by hand.

         The selection of  which files inside  these directories are  to
         be converted is  ruled by the  file-mask(s) that you  supply on
         the command-line.

         [dir]         This value must point to a valid  drive/directory
                       where conversion will take place. If no drive  is
                       supplied,  the  default  one  is  used.  Relative
                       directories (..\WRKDIR and such) are not  advised
                       but  can  be  used  (the  are  counted  from  the
                       CURRENT directory).

         {targetdir}   This value  CAN point to a valid  drive/directory
                       where  files  that  are  converted  in  [dir] are
                       moved to AFTER the conversion. If no  {targetdir}
                       is   supplied,   the   files   stay   in   [dir].
                       Relative  directories  (..\WRKDIR  and  such) are
                       not  advised  but  can  be  used (the are counted
                       from the  CURRENT directory).  This parameter  is
                       optional !!

         There can  be up  to 255  DefaultPath options.  You can mix the
         formats (some  of them  can have  a {targetdir},  some of  them
         don't have this parameter).

         If  you  use  the  /W  command-line  parameter, the DefaultPath
         options are ignored ! If  you use the full-screen selection  of
         files (MTA is  started without any  file-mask), ONLY the  first
         directory is  converted and  all other  DefaultPath options are
         ignored !

 Relate: BBSPaths BBS systems
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ DoNot [filemask]                                                    │
 │ DoNot [path]                                                        │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : When   you   use     MTA      unattended   or   you     convert
         complete directories   (with  f.i.   DefaultPath  options)   it
         is possible  that   files   are   converted   that   you  don't
         want to convert.  Examples of  these files  are many  but  most
         commonly, you can think of files that  came from programs  like
         XRS (734B0384.TU1 and such) or  files that have a public  usage
         (like  NODEDIFF.A23 and such).

         The DoNot option  can be used  to exclude some  files EVEN when
         they match  the file-mask  selection on  the command-line.  You
         can use up to 255 of EACH these options (so 255 with [path] AND
         255 with [filemask]).

         [path]        This parameter must contain a complete path with
                       filemask,  so drive, directory and filemask like
                       in E:\ZIP\*.A??.  Wildcards  in the filemask can
                       be used (see below);

         [filemask]    The parameter must  contain a single   file-mask.
                       You  can  use  the  normal  DOS  wildcards (?,*).
                       Also  a  special  wildcard  (=)  can be used. '='
                       will test  for a  shifting match.  So '=WAR' will
                       match  tradeWAR.zip  and  also  WARning.ARC.  =FZ
                       will NOT  match with  nodedifF.Zip. In  this case
                       you  must  use  =F.Z;

         When using the /D and AllDisketteFiles options together,  files
         are NEVER excluded.  This is also  the case when  MTA does call
         to itself (compressed-in-compressed files).

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ SFXFiles                                                            │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : With  archive conversion you  have to deal  with so called  SFX
         files. These  are SelF  eXtracting archives.  In general,  this
         are normal COM or  EXE files that can  be started as a  program
         and which task  only is to  decompress all files  that are also
         inside  this  COM/EXE  file.  SFX  files  are commonly used for
         distribution of  the archive  programs them  self. It  would be
         rather  difficult  to  decompress  PKZ110.ZIP  if  this was the
         first time you got  involved with ZIP, so  such a file will  be
         distributed as PKZ110.EXE.

         MTA is able to convert SFX files into a new target system.   To
         do so, it must be able to recognize such a file as an  archive.
         These is a lot of coding involved  in MTA to do so and I  won't
         say that the coding  can trap 100% of  each cases.  Most  other
         products that  involve archives  will tell  you that  they will
         recognize SFX  files for  100% but  most of  them will  fail on
         occasion. A SFX archive contains some executable coding at  the
         start of the archive.  MTA must be able  (and is) to skip  this
         coding  and  to  look  for  the  archive  part.  To keep MTA as
         'generic' as possible, there is no SPECIFIC code for each  type
         of header.  This would  make maintenance  almost an  impossible
         job because the headers change with every new version of  every
         archive that supports  SFX archives. Up  to now, MTA  has never
         failed its  job BUT  it is  possible that  MTA will recognize a
         normal  EXE/COM  file  as  being  a  SFX  file.   This is not a
         problem because the decompression of such a file will fail  and
         the file will stay as it is.

         Normally MTA  will NOT  (by default)  convert SFX  archives. If
         you  supply  this  option,  MTA  will also start converting SFX
         files  if  they  match  the  file-masks  that you supply on the
         command-line.

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ MaxGifDim [w] [h] [c]                                               │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This  option  rules   the  selection  of GIF files. It  is only
         needed when you  run the unregistered  version of GIFLITE  <tm>
         but  will  also  work  for  GIF  to JPEG conversions. With this
         option you instruct MTA only to select GIF files that have  the
         same or a  lower resolution. The  option is ignored  when using
         GIF as  the compression  type (GIFTEST).  For this  conversion,
         you   can   add   a   command-line   parameter   for    GIFTEST
         (GTECompression option) in which  case GIFTEST will reject  all
         GIF files with dimensions LOWER than a specific one.

         [w] [h] [c]   With this  3 parameters you  define the   maximum
                       resolution of  GIF files  what will  be selected.
                       The values 640  480 256 will  be useful when  you
                       use the  unregistered version  of GIFLITE,  other
                       values can be set to narrow the selection.

         Please notice that  the three parameters  have an OR  relation.
         If one of them is smaller  than the actual resolution of a  GIF
         file, the  file is  not selected.  So a  641*479*255 GIF is NOT
         selected when  the option  is set  to 640  480 256  because the
         weight (641) is higher than 640.

 Relate : GIFLite
 Dest   : GIF types


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ NoMarked                                                            │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : What if you have one or more directories that contain  archives
         and where you want to  convert ONLY archives that haven't  been
         converted before ? So a directory contains 20 ZIP archives  and
         each period, you move 1  or more new archives (ALSO  containing
         ZIP archives amongst others)  to this directory. You  only want
         to convert  these 1  or more  archives once,  without having to
         convert the other 20. This is  a normal problem on a BBS  where
         various archives are stored  in the upload-space and  the Sysop
         only wants to convert the newly uploaded archives.

         There are two  ways to do  it. One is  to use the  OnlyNewFiles
         option (see  later), but  this is  a very  primitive (but fast)
         way. The other is to use MTA's Archive Marking System <tm>.

         When AMS is active, MTA  will convert an archive and  after the
         conversion is finished,  MTA will add  a special string  at the
         end of the  archive. This string  is made up  with some special
         information that will be unique. When MTA runs again, the  file
         is read and MTA will detect that this string is present. If  it
         is, MTA will ignore the archive (unless AMS is switched off).

         If, for  some reason,  you want  to remove  the special string,
         you can run MTM (a support  utility in this package) to do  so.
         Also, when  you want  to start  using AMS  and you already have
         many converted  archives, you  can use  MTM to  add the  string
         (called the mark-string) to all these files, without having  to
         convert them.

         AMS will  be active  when NoMarked  is set  to on.  This option
         will instruct MTA to look if an archive contains a  mark-string
         and if so, if  it is the one  that you use on  your system. The
         mark-string can be created (and made unique) by yourself !

         All compressors  have been  tested with  this extra information
         appended and they seem to have no trouble with it. That is  not
         so strange if you  know that some communication  protocols will
         append binary  zeroes to  a file,  when transferred,  to fill a
         complete transfer block.

         A special word about  the mark-string information. If  everyone
         should use MTA's default and should download a file,  converted
         with MTA/NoMarked  and would  like to  convert this  file again
         with MTA/NoMarked, the file would be ignored. It is advised  to
         set your  own marker  with the  MarkString option  to something
         more or  less private.  BBS's could  enter their Node/Net/Point
         number or the name of the SysOp or something like  Ghostbuster,
         Snoopy or whatsoever.

         Another piece of advise. Many  BBS Sysop's like to convert  all
         files in the  upload-space to see  if there is  a virus inside.
         MTA is  perfect to  do that  job BUT  you must  be careful with
         your mark-string. If users can download archives from you  that
         contain the mark-string, they are able to upload archives  with
         a virus AND YOUR mark-string also. When this file is placed  in
         the upload-directory and you use the NoMarked option, MTA  will
         ignore the  archive because  it already  contains your mark-ID.
         You can use one of the following scenarios:

         - Use the  mark-string in the  upload directory conversion  but
           remove the  string (with  MTM) before  the file  is available
           for download (when moved to its own directory);

         - Don't use  the mark-string in  your upload-directory but  use
           it only in your normal directories;

         - Don't use the  mark-string in your upload-directory  (run MTM
           to remove any),  then convert the  file with NoMark  and move
           it at once to another directory. When MTA is used as an  exit
           to the  protocol-driver in  your BBS  (you can  use FileDoor,
           another DISP product, to do so), you can set up marking in  a
           save way  (convert ALL  archives that  are uploaded  and only
           convert  archives  that  are   not  marked  in  your   upload
           directory);

         NoMarked  has  no  meaning  when  using  /D  with  the AllFiles
         option.  The mark is not set when the MoveToDir option (/M)  is
         used.

 Relate: MoveToDir, /D, MarkString
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ MarkHeader [markstring]                                          (*)│
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : The  mark-string that is  used by MTA  to test if  archives are
         already converted and which is  added to new archives when  the
         NoMarked option is set, is made up of two parts, the so  called
         header and  the actual  string). Both  have a  default but when
         you work with  the NoMarked option,  you should AT  LEAST alter
         the value of the  string and you COULD  alter the value of  the
         header also. If you  don't alter one or  both of them, it  will
         be  possible  that  someone  else  supplies an archive with the
         same values as  you use (because  they didn't alter  the header
         also).

         [markstring]  This must  be a  6 byte  long value  you want  to
                       assign to the  header. The default  is 3 times  a
                       binary zero and the  upper-case word MTA. If  you
                       supply less  than 6  bytes, the  header is filled
                       up to 6 bytes with spaces.

         If, for  some reason,  you change  [markstring] after  you have
         converted one  or more  archives with  the older  [markstring],
         you must run  MTM to convert  [markstring] to the  new value in
         those archives that have the old value.

 Relate: NoMarked, MarkString
 Dest. : All
 (*)   : Marked options are also in usage by: MTM


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ MarkString [string]                                              (*)│
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : The  mark-string that is  used by MTA  to test if  archives are
         already converted and which is  added to new archives when  the
         NoMarked option is set, is made up of two parts, the so  called
         header and  the actual  string). Both  have a  default but when
         you work with  the NoMarked option,  you should AT  LEAST alter
         the value of the  string and you COULD  alter the value of  the
         header also. If you  don't alter one or  both of them, it  will
         be  possible  that  someone  else  supplies an archive with the
         same values as  you use (because  they didn't alter  the header
         also).

         [markstring]  This  must be a  14 byte long  value you want  to
                       assign to the string.  The default has the  value
                       'MTAYour ID here !'.  If you supply less  than 14
                       bytes, the string is  filled up to 14  bytes with
                       spaces.

         If, for  some reason,  you change  [markstring] after  you have
         converted one  or more  archives with  the older  [markstring],
         you must run  MTM to convert  [markstring] to the  new value in
         those archives that have the old value.

 Relate: NoMarked, MarkString
 Dest. : All
 (*)   : Marked options are also in usage by: MTM


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ UnMark                                                              │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : Unmark  overrules  the   NoMark  option and should not be  used
         together with it. The option  is there for those special  cases
         where  an  archiver  is  not  able  to decompress a file with a
         mark-string at  the end.  The earlier  (older) LHA.EXE programs
         (2.0x series, the 2.1x series  work ok), would fail with  a CRC
         check when the  file was longer  than the length  calculated by
         LHA itself. This foolish option  is removed from LHA and  there
         is no current usage for the option.

 Relate: NoMarked, MarkHeader
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ ExcludeFriendlyMark [markmask]                                      │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : When your receive  files from a known BBS and that BBS has done
         everthing  to  the archive  that you would normally do yourself
         (the correct  virus-scanners,  the correct target format and so
         on), you could  select to skip conversion of such files because
         you are doing the same as the BBS has already done for you !

         With  the  ExcludeFriendlyMark (up  to  10 of these options are
         allowed), you can instruct MTA which files (in combination with
         those files that  already  carry your own mark) can be skipped.
         The only thing  that you must know, is the mark-string that the
         BBS uses (the BBS must use marking to make this option work).

         [markmask]    This  must be a  20 byte long  value you want  to
                       use as the mask. Depending on the values that the
                       BBS uses  (there  can be non-printable characters
                       in use, when  the  MTA-default  is used), you can
                       use the  '?'  wildcard on one or more placed. You
                       can NOT  include  spaces in the mask ! Spaces can
                       be replaced with a wildcard ('?');

         An example:

         ExcludeFriendlyMark ??????Rob?van.Hoeven

         The first  6 characters  are  masked  because  they are the MTA
         default X'00'  (6 times)  and  not  printable  characters.  The
         space  between  'Rob' and 'van.Hoeven'  is  also masked because
         there are no spaces allowed in the ExcludeFriendlyMark option.

 Relate: NoMarked, MarkHeader
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ OnlyNewFiles                                                        │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This  option  works   something  different  than  the  NoMarked
         option.  When set,  MTA will look for  a file FILES.MTA in  the
         directory where  the source-archives  are.   MTA will  read the
         date/time of this file and  EVERY file with a date/time  HIGHER
         than the date/time of FILES.MTA will be converted.  At the  end
         of the conversion, MTA will  set the dat/time of the  FILES.MTA
         to the current date and time.

         If no   FILES.MTA is   present, MTA   will assume   0 for  both
         the date   and  time   (resulting  in   a  conversion   of  ALL
         selected files)  and will  create the  file when  conversion is
         done.

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ DelOldFiles [mm-yyyy] {action}                                      │
 │ DelOldFiles [-days]   {action}                                      │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : MTA   is able to   do some maintenance   for you also.    Users
         with big  libraries  of   archives  would  like  to  clean some
         of the older  ones, once in  a  while.  Also, BBS SysOp's  like
         to  remove  uploaded  files   when  they   are  too   old. Most
         protocol drivers (also FileDoor) have   such options but   most
         of them  only look at the file date (FileDoor looks inside  the
         archive). With  MTA you can  assign a  file date  that  depends
         on the files inside the  archives  (see  later).  If  you   did
         so, you can  use this option  to clean your  library from older
         files.

         [mm-yyyy]     Is the  month (2 bytes,  use leading zeros)   and
                       yyyy is the year of the oldest files you want  to
                       KEEP in your library.  If the file date  is lower
                       than [mm-yyyy], MTA  will do something  with that
                       file,  depending  on  the  presence of the second
                       parameter and the DelOldPath option;

         [-days]       You can also use this syntax as a replacement for
                       [mm-yyyy]. In this case, you supply the number of
                       days  that  must  be  subtracted from the current
                       date. This new date  will now be the marking-line
                       and  older  files  are  considered 'too old'. You
                       must  supply  the minus sign and a number of days
                       (up to 32767)  that  must  be subtracted from the
                       current date.

         {action}      {action} can have the following values:

                       NONE  : MTA  will sound  the bell  (if NoBeep  is
                               not set and WarningTime is not zero)  and
                               will   give   a   warning.   The   actual
                               manipulation of the file will follow;

                       NOMSG : MTA will  not sound  the bell,  nor  will
                               there be any message;

                       ASK   : MTA will  ask the user if this file  must
                               be manipulated  or not.  The file  IS too
                               old  (otherwise  no  questions  will   be
                               asked)  but  it  allows  you  to manually
                               exclude  some  of  the  files  from   the
                               manipulation  that  will  follow. You can
                               answer 'Y'  or 'N'.  This parameter  must
                               not  be  used  when  you  want to run MTA
                               unattended.

         If the DelOldPath option is NOT  set and the file IS marked  as
         too old (either direct or  after a positive reply when  you use
         the  ASK  parameter),  MTA  will   DELETE  the  file.  If   the
         DelOldPath option IS set and the file IS marked, MTA will  MOVE
         the file to the directory assigned in the DelOldPath option.

 Relate: DelOldPath
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ DelOldPath [dir]                                                    │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : If DelOldFiles  is set  and a  file is  marked as too old,  MTA
         will delete the file, unless you supply the DelOldPath  option.
         If this  option is  supplied, MTA  will MOVE  (not delete)  the
         file to the assigned directory.

         [dir]         This value must point to a valid  drive/directory
                       where the files  are moved to  when they are  too
                       old.  If  no drive is  supplied, the default  one
                       is  used.   Relative  directories  (..\WRKDIR and
                       such) are not  advised but can  be used (the  are
                       counted from the CURRENT directory).

 Relate: DelOldFiles
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ SkipNewFiles [days]                                                 │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : Where DelOldFiles will do something for files that are too old,
         this option can  be  used  to  skip  files  that are too new to
         convert.

         [days]        This value must be set to the number of days that
                       an archive can not be converted by MTA. Any value
                       between 1 and 65535 is valid.

         MTA will not  convert the files if the file-date/time is higher
         than [currentdate]-[days]. This  can  be useful  when you don't
         want to change archives for a certain number of days.

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 3.3.5 Statements that define the resulting files
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA  includes  a  number  of  options  that  will  rule  the  resulting
 archives.   These include  optimizing the  files, the  comments to add,
 the files to add and remove from the archive and so on.

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ ExcludeFile [filemask]                                           (*)│
 │ ExcludeFile [filemask] {SUB}                                        │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : Today there can be no archive that does not include some  files
         that have no relation with the actual archive but which  is/are
         added as some sort of advertisement. Every BBS adds, at  least,
         a comment in the  archive, so you can  read over and over  from
         which BBS the file came but there are also BBS Sysop's who  add
         files  to  the  archive  with  the same (or other) information.
         When I  had to  choose, I  would like  to see  NONE of the both
         ways (all the extra  bytes will cause longer  connections, thus
         costing money) but if  I had to choose  between one of them,  I
         would rather like to see included files than archive  comments.
         The included files are  compressed (thus costing less  transfer
         time)  but  the  comments  are  not  !  I wait for the day that
         SysOp's start to add  GIF's (640*480*256 or higher)  with their
         own  pictures.  In  that  case  we  all  can  have  fun when we
         download  an  archive  with  2   Kb  programs  and  300Kb   GIF
         advertisements !

         Normally, when you  obtain archives with  added advertisements,
         you would  like to  remove them  as soon  as possible. There is
         one thing positive about it, MOST SysOp's use the same name  of
         the  included  file(s)  over  and  over.  MTA  can remove these
         files, based  on their  name, AFTER  the decompression  AND the
         check for any virus. So  these files ARE included in  the check
         for a virus.

         [filemask]    The parameter must  contain a single   file-mask.
                       You  can  use  the  normal  DOS  wildcards (?,*).
                       Also  a  special  wildcard  (=)  can be used. '='
                       will test  for a  shifting match.  So '=WAR' will
                       match  tradeWAR.zip  and  also  WARning.ARC.  =FZ
                       will NOT  match with  nodedifF.Zip. In  this case
                       you  must  use  =F.Z.   You  must  only include a
                       file-mask and not a directory and/or drive;

         {SUB}         If you code  SUB  on  the ExcludeFile option, MTA
                       will also look  into all sub-directories that are
                       created by the  extraction. If  a  match is found
                       in a sub-directory, MTA  will also remove it from
                       the archive. If  the  parameter is NOT coded, MTA
                       will only  look  in the relative 'root' directory
                       of the archive.

         The  usage  of  the  '='  wildcard  can be handy when the SysOp
         alters the name of his/her  include file now and then.  In most
         cases you will see a range like this:

         JOHNDOE.ADD $JOHNDOE.ADD
         JOHNDOE$.ADD JOHNDOE.$$$

         It is a real  pain in the neck  and I can't see  the reason for
         doing so, but with =JOHNDOE for [filemask], you get rid of  all
         these files. Don't  use README or  READ.ME. If some  SysOp adds
         files like this as  an advertisement, they should  think twice.
         Most of the time, these files contain important info about  the
         package you have just obtained.

         You can use up to 255 (!) ExcludeFile statements in MTA.CTL.

 Relate: IncludeFile
 Dest. : All
 (*)   : Marked options are also in usage by: MTM

ExcludeFiles [mask] {SUB}

When the new SUB option is coded, MTA will also test if this mask will
match files in all SUB-directories that are extracted. If nothing is
supplied, only the root directory of the extracted files is tested;


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ IncludeFile [path] {newname} {CF$}                               (*)│
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : See  the  discussion   on  ExcludeFile. This option can do  the
         reversed. Where  ExcludeFile removes  any advertisement  files,
         IncludeFile can add your own advertisement !

         [path]        This value must point to a valid  drive/directory
                       and filename of the file to include. If no  drive
                       is supplied, the default  one is used.   Relative
                       directories (..\WRKDIR and such) are not  advised
                       but  can  be  used  (the  are  counted  from  the
                       CURRENT directory);

         {newname}     This optional  parameter can be  used to   change
                       the name of the  file assigned with [path]  as it
                       appears in  the archive.  For example,  if [path]
                       is   C:\COMMON\MYFILES.ASC   and   {newname}   is
                       JDOEBBS.ADD,  the  file  inside  the archive will
                       actually be called JDOEBBS.ADD. If you don't  use
                       the {newname} parameter, the file will be  called
                       MYFILES.ASC;

         {CF$}         This parameter is optional. When you use it,  the
                       {newname}  parameter  is  mandatory because {CF$}
                       MUST  be  the  third  parameter  !  When you code
                       CF$,  you  are  telling  MTA  that  the  file you
                       include is  in fact  an archive.   In this  case,
                       MTA will  convert the  included file  to the same
                       system as the target system for the archive.

         There can be up to 255 IncludeFile options in the MTA.CTL.  All
         files will be included  in EVERY converted extension.  When you
         leave  out  the  option,  nothing  is  included. I hope that no
         SysOp will use ALL 255 options for advertisement files.

 Relate: ExcludeFile
 Dest. : All
 (*)   : Marked options are also in usage by: MTM


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ TouchLow                                                            │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This parameter is optional and controls MTA's touching  system.
         When used, MTA touches (resets the compressed file's  time/date
         stamp) to  the lowest  date of  any file  inside the compressed
         file.  All  files  that  match  any supplied ExcludeFile option
         (see before)  are NOT  looked at.  As an  example, the  archive
         contains:

         A.A           12/31/91
         B.B           11/18/91
         C.C           01/01/92
         JOHNDOE.ADD   01/01/91

         JOHNDOE.ADD is not looked at  because it matches one (or  more)
         of  the  ExcludeFile  options.  With  TouchLow set, the archive
         will get the  date 11/18/91 (JOHNDOE.ADD  has a lower  date but
         is not looked at).

         When TouchLow is set, TouchCur and  TouchHig  can  not be used.
         When neither TouchLow  nor  TouchCur  nor TouchHig are set, MTA
         will retain the original file date/time;

 Relate: TouchCur, TouchHig, ChildTouch
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ TouchHig                                                            │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This parameter is optional and controls MTA's touching  system.
         When used, MTA touches (resets the compressed file's  time/date
         stamp) to the  highest date of  any file inside  the compressed
         file.  All  files  that  match  any supplied ExcludeFile option
         (see before)  are NOT  looked at.  As an  example, the  archive
         contains:

         A.A           12/31/91
         B.B           11/18/91
         C.C           01/01/92
         JOHNDOE.ADD   02/01/92

         JOHNDOE.ADD is not looked at  because it matches one (or  more)
         of  the  ExcludeFile  options.  With  TouchHig set, the archive
         will get the date 01/01/92  (JOHNDOE.ADD has a higher date  but
         is not looked at).

         When TouchHig is set, TouchCur and  TouchLow  can  not be used.
         When neither TouchLow  nor  TouchCur  nor TouchHig are set, MTA
         will retain the original file date/time;

 Relate: TouchCur, TouchLow, ChildTouch
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ TouchCur                                                            │
 │ TouchCur [+days]                                                    │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This parameter is optional and controls MTA's touching  system.
         When used, MTA touches (resets the compressed file's  time/date
         stamp) to the current date.

         When TouchCur is set, TouchHig and  TouchLow  can  not be used.
         When neither TouchLow  nor  TouchCur  nor TouchHig are set, MTA
         will retain the original file date/time.

         A special format  is the usage of [+days]. If this parameter is
         present, MTA will  add  the  number of days that is supplied in
         this parameter to the  current  date and will touch all archives
         with that new date (comes in  handy when using a BBS and giving
         the new uploads a new date in the future).

         [+days]       This  value  must  be  set to a plus sign and the
                       number of days (up to 365)  to add to the current
                       date;

 Relate: TouchLow, TouchHig, ChildTouch
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ ChildTouch [type]                                                   │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : Normally, MTA will use  the same type of touching for  archives
         inside  archives  (nested  arc-in-arc  files)  as  for the main
         archive. When this is  not what you want,  you can make use  of
         this ChildTouch  option to  overrule the  touching with another
         method for nested archives.

         [type]        You must either  supply HIGH, LOW, CUR or   FILE.
                       When HIGH is used,  touching on the highest  date
                       will  occur  for  nexted  archives,  LOW  for the
                       lowest date,  CUR for  the current  date and FILE
                       will cause the original  date to be retained  for
                       these nested archives.

         As an example, you can  touch all archives on current  date (so
         they will show as  new files on a  BBS) but it is  logical that
         this is not desired for archives inside archives. These  nested
         archives can be touched in another way if you include this  op-
         tion;

 Relate: TouchLow, TouchHig, TouchCur


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ IgnoreTimeComponent                                              (*)│
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This  option  belongs   to  the previous TouchHig and  TouchLow
         options. When  you use  this option  (you don't  have to),  the
         time-component  of  the  date/time  of  every  file  inside the
         archive is ignored. Sometimes you need such an option when  you
         use software that use the  spare bit of the time/date  field in
         the  DOS  directory  entry.  There  are  some  programs   (some
         commercial  backup  programs)  that  do  so. When the option is
         set, all archives will get the time 00:00:00 when the  TouchHig
         or TouchLow option is active.

 Relate: TouchLow, TouchHig
 Dest. : All
 (*)   : Marked options are also in usage by: MTM


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ AcceptHighDate                                                   (*)│
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : Also this option belongs to the TouchHig and TouchLow  options.
         Sometimes archives  contain files  with dates  higher than  the
         current date. MTA  will give a  warning for each  of such files
         inside any archive because it could be possible that your  PC's
         date is not correctly set. If this is normal, or if you  expect
         to receive files with higher (invalid) dates, you must use  the
         AcceptHighDate option.  The actual  archive will  also get  the
         high date when TouchLow or TouchHig are in use.

 Relate: TouchLow, TouchHig
 Dest. : All
 (*)   : Marked options are also in usage by: MTM


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ NoArcInArc                                                          │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : MTA will convert  any archives inside archives (in  this manual
         we call them arc-in-arc files)  up to ANY level deep  (but with
         respect to the conventional memory available).

         When running DOS 5.0 on 286, 386 or 486 machines, it is  normal
         to have  around 600.000  (or more)  bytes of  memory free. With
         this number of bytes free (and when swapping is used), you  can
         go up to 80  levels deep (I have  never seen such a  file). You
         need around 200K to run MTA itself and every MTA child uses  4K
         extra overhead for swapping.

         Normally you should  let MTA convert  any archives inside.  But
         if  memory  is  low,  or  speed  is  slow  or  disk-space  (for
         swapping)  is  low,  you  CAN  select to leave arc-in-arc files
         alone. In this case a  TEST.ZIP, containing a TEST.ARJ and  the
         target is  LZH, will  result in  TEST.LZH containing  TEST.ARJ.
         When  the  option  is  NOT  set,  it  will  result in TEST.LZH,
         containing TEST.LZH !

         For each level of arc-in-arc files, MTA will call itself to  do
         the  job  on  the  nested  archives,  thus  giving all possible
         options (with a few restrictions).

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ OptimizeOnSize                                                      │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : MTA can also be used to make the smallest possible archive.  It
         needs a  selection of  different archive  programs to  complete
         this job  and it  will convert  any archive  to the system that
         will result in  the smallest archive  (this creating a  mixture
         of a number of different target systems).

         All archivers  that are  included in  the xxxPath  options (see
         3.3.1, the  first options)  and that  have a  'Y' as the second
         parameter, will be used for testing.

         YOU must select which archivers  to include in the test.  There
         are some combinations (that can change when newer versions  hit
         the street) that are useful.  ZIP, ARJ, LZH and ZOO  (2.1x) can
         give a good  result. Including MD  or ARJ in  this list has  NO
         meaning. They ALWAYS result in a bigger archive, but the  given
         combination works.

         For  each  archive,  MTA  will  call the selected archivers and
         will start to  convert the archive  to each of  them (one after
         another,  only  taking  disk-space  for  one of them). When the
         smallest is known, MTA will AGAIN start the conversion but  now
         with ALL possible options (IncludeFile and such) active.

         OptimizeOnSize  will  cause  MTA  to  run  [number of archivers
         selected]+1 times longer (average) than normal. Only when  your
         space is limited, this option should be used !

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ OnlyUpgrade                                                         │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This option can be  useful when you want to convert  your files
         to  a  higher  technical  level.  In  general, OnlyUpgrade will
         cause the following files  (also based on the  file-mask(s)) to
         convert to the new target:

         - Files  that are  not in  the target  format (e.g.  ZIP is the
           destination, so all non-ZIP files will be converted);

         - Files that ARE in the target format (e.g. ZIP and the  target
           is also ZIP) but that  have a LOWER TECHNICAL level  than the
           current target;

         The latter looks  somewhat difficult to  understand, so I  will
         come to the  point. ZIP, PAK  and LZH have  different levels of
         archives. You have the older  LZH 1.13 format but the  new 2.xx
         format is  different, you  have the  older PAK  (crushed) files
         and today we  have also a  new PAK format  (distilled). For ZIP
         the same rules apply.

         In plain english for each archiver involved:

         - If  the source  and target  are LZH  and the  source contains
           1.13 formatted  files, conversion  will be  done to  the 2.xx
           format with LHA;

         - If  the source  and target  are PAK  and the  source contains
           crushed  files,  conversion  will  be  done  to the destilled
           format with PAK;

         - If  the source  and target  are ZIP  and the  source contains
           either reduced 1-4 files  or imploded files, conversion  will
           be  done  to  the  ZIP  2.xx  deflated  format  (the previous
           versions of  MTA up  to 14.57  only did  an upgrade  from 1-4
           reduced to imploding, 15.01 will convert to deflated);

         If the source archive already  contains one or more files  from
         the NEW systems (f.i.  3 x stored but  1 x deflated), MTA  will
         not convert it when ZIP is also the target.

 Relate: ZIP, PAK, LZH
 Dest. : ZIP, PAK, LZH


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ AllDisketteFiles                                                    │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : When you  use the  /D command-line  parameter (start   diskette
         conversion), MTA will only  convert archives on the  diskettes.
         If you  want to  move the  files to  another diskette (with the
         MoveToDir option) or you want to format the diskette (with  one
         of the exits),  you must make  sure that ALL  files are reMOVED
         from  the  diskette.  These  files  will  not  be converted but
         (temporary) moved to the same directory as where the  converted
         files are stored (temporary). You can instruct MTA to move  ALL
         files from the diskette (and back!) by setting this option.

         Diskette  conversion  is  not  possible  when  the  OnlyUpgrade
         option is set !

 Relate: EXITBeforeFill, EXITAfterFill, MoveToDir
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ MakeArc [mask]                                                      │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : MTA  is  able  to  convert  ANY NON-ARCHIVE file that is in the
         working  directory  when  it  has  started to convert archives.
         To  instruct  MTA  to  do such a thing, you must include one or
         more MakeArc (and optionally MakeArcExclude) option(s).

         [mask]        This must be a valid DOS (4DOS <tm> or DISP <tm>)
                       filemask (up to 12 characters, wildcards allowed)
                       of (a) non-archived file(s) that MTA must convert
                       along the way;

         MTA will convert all matching files to archives of the selected
         target-type on a one-to-one basis. An example:

         MakeArc *.*

         MTA detects the following files in the working directory:

         A.ZIP
         B.ARJ
         C.WAV
         D.DOC
         E.GIF
         Z.ZOO

         With a destination (target) of ZIP, the following will happen:

         A.ZIP will be converted to  A.ZIP
         B.ARJ  ,,  ,,    ,,     ,,  B.ZIP
         C.WAV  ,,  ,, archived into C.ZIP
         D.DOC  ,,  ,, archived into D.ZIP
         E.GIF  ,,  ,, archived into E.ZIP
         Z.ZOO  ,,  ,, converted to  Z.ZIP

         With  this example, MTA  will  archive every SINGLE file into a
         SINGLE archive. There can be up to 255 MakeArc options.

 Relate: MakeArcExclude
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ MakeArcExclude [mask]                                               │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This option  can be used in combination with the MakeArc option
         and can  be  used to narrow the selection of non-archived files
         that will be converted to an archive.

         [mask]        This must be a valid DOS (4DOS <tm> or DISP <tm>)
                       filemask (up to 12 characters, wildcards allowed)
                       of (a) non-archived file(s) that MTA must exclude
                       from the MakeArc process;

         MTA  will  exclude  all matching files from the archive process
         that is initialized by the MakeArc option(s). An example:

         MakeArc *.*
         MakeArcExclude *.GIF
         MakeArcExclude *.WAV

         MTA detects the following files in the working directory:

         A.ZIP
         B.ARJ
         C.WAV
         D.DOC
         E.GIF
         Z.ZOO

         With a destination (target) of ZIP, the following will happen:

         A.ZIP will be converted to  A.ZIP
         B.ARJ  ,,  ,,    ,,     ,,  B.ZIP
         C.WAV  ,,  ,, archived into C.WAP
         D.DOC  ,,  ,, archived into D.ZIP
         E.GIF  ,,  ,, left alone as E.GIF  <------------
         Z.ZOO  ,,  ,, converted to  Z.ZIP

         With this  example, MTA  will  archive every SINGLE file into a
         SINGLE archive except GIF files !

 Relate: MakeArc
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ KeepAbnormalExtensions                                              │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : Some of  the archives contain a  special extension that is  not
         common with the archive system. You can receive files with  the
         extension  .A25,  .SDN  and  so  on.  Normally MTA will convert
         these archives (unless excluded  by DoNot or the  file-mask) to
         a  new  archive  with  a  NORMAL  extension  (e.g. ZIP when you
         convert to ZIP). If you include this option, MTA will keep  the
         abnormal extension even after the conversion. So A.SDN (in  ZIP
         format), converted to ARJ, will still be called A.SDN.

         Only one archive system can not work with abnormal  extensions.
         DWC can only  work with archives  that end with  .DWC. When you
         convert A.SDN (in ZIP format) to DWC, the result will be  named
         A.DWC !

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ WeekExtension [ext] [letter]                                        │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : There are archives with a very special extension. These are the
         archives that (f.i.) contain the BBS-nodelist and BBS-nodediff
         files. These extensions are made up by a letter (normally a A)
         and two digits that are the last two digits of a day-number.
         In this manner, files with names like NODEDIFF.A21 can be found
         on various BBS's.

         There have been some proposals and standards as how to use these
         extensions for BBS-nodelist/nodediff files. As fas as I know,
         there is only one valid standard and that is the usage of ARC
         (SEA ARC, crunched) files with extension Axx (xx are the last
         two digits of the day-number). Some nets use other archivers
         for these files (like ZIP, ARJ and LZH). To keep a difference
         between these SEA ARC (Axx) files and those converted to any of
         the other systems, nets use different letters. As such the
         following list looks more or less standard (but is not covered
         by a formal fidonet-standard):

         SEA ARC         xxxxxxxx.Ann
         ZIP             xxxxxxxx.Znn
         ARJ             xxxxxxxx.Jnn
         LZH/LZS         xxxxxxxx.Lxx

         MTA can be used to maintain such a  system. Normally,  you  can
         supply   the  KeepAbnormalExtensions  option  to  maintain  the
         original extension of a file, but this would cause NODEDIFF.A10
         to keep  its original  extension  (A10)  even when  the file is
         actually converted to ZIP (Z10 would be better).

         You can  use  the  WeekExtension option(s) (up to 20) to inform
         MTA how  files  with the an extension made up by one letter and
         two  digits  (A01,  Z11, J18 and so on) should be (re)named. If
         you do not supply this option, MTA will either convert the name
         to a  normal  archive-extension or to the original extension if
         the  KeepAbnormalExtensions option is active. The WeekExtension
         option is set for the target-file !

         [ext]         This parameter must  be set to the NORMAL archive
                       extension  that  the  target-file would have been
                       given (like ZIP, ARJ, ARC and so on);

         [letter]      This  parameter  must be set to the letter of the
                       new  extension  that belongs to [ext] (like Z for
                       ZIP, L of LZH/LZS or J for ARJ).

         When  MTA  starts  converting an archive with an extension that
         is made  up  by  a letter and two numbers AND the new extension
         that the  archive  should  get under normal conditions (LZH for
         LHarc, ZIP  for  ZIP,  ARJ  for  ARJ and so on) is defined by a
         WeekExtension  option,  MTA  will  use  the supplied letter and
         will create  a  new extension with this letter and the original
         two digits. For example:

         WeekExtension ARC A
         WeekExtension ZIP Z
         WeekExtension LZH L
         WeekExtension LZS L
         WeekExtension ARJ J

         Source-archive  is  called  NODEDIFF.A12 and conversion is done
         to ZIP.  ZIP  is inside the array and 'owns' letter 'Z', so the
         new archive  will  be called NODEDIFF.Z12. Source is RA.H11 and
         conversion is  done  to ARJ. ARJ is in the array and 'owns' the
         letter 'J' so  the new archive is called RA.J11. Source archive
         is  called  DISP.J01  and conversion is done to HYPER. HYP (the
         extension  for  a normal HYPER archive) is NOT in the array so,
         unless  KeepAbnormalExtensions  is set, the new archive will be
         called DISP.HYP !

         Because  of the lack of rules for the conversion of extensions,
         MTA uses a 'dynamic' system.

 Relate: KeepAbnormalExtensions
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ FixedConversion [mask] [target]                                     │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : There can  be  up  to 255 of these options in MTA.CTL. For each
         file  that  is  selected  for  processing, MTA  will look if it
         matches  any [mask] in  the FIXEDCONVERSION option. If the name
         matches  [mask] (the first  match will count), MTA will convert
         the file  to  the [target] format EVEN if the default format is
         something else.

         [mask]        This must be a valid DOS (4DOS <tm> or DISP <tm>)
                       filemask (up to 12 characters, wildcards allowed)
                       that will have a fixed conversion;

         [target]      This must be a valid name of the  target archiver
                       (or convertor  in case  of  GIF-alike files). The
                       valid names  are  the same as you supply with the
                       COMPRESSIONTYPE  option (ZIP,  ARJ, ARC, ZOO, GIF
                       and so on);

         For example:

         FixedConversion NODELIST.A?? ARC
         FixedConversion NODEDIFF.A?? ARC

         Will force  MTA to  convert  any selected file with one of that
         names, to the  ARC  format, even  if the selected target-format
         is ZIP.

         This option comes in handy when certain files always have to be
         converted to a fixed system.

         All other options like WEEKEXTENSION and KEEPABNORMALEXTENSION
         will still word.

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ ReportSpecialAttributes                                             │
 │ ReportSpecialAttributes SKIP                                        │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : Some archives  can contain files with  abnormal file-attributes
         like  HIDDEN,  READONLY  and/or  SYSTEM.  If  the decompression
         program is  able to  decompress these  files in  this way,  you
         could be in for trouble (though MTA will remove any left  files
         after the conversion). If you like to, MTA can report  archives
         that contain such files when you set this option. Also, when
         this option is set, MTA will reset all attributes that are not
         'normal' (READONLY, HIDDEN and SYSTEM) before the new archive
         is created.

         When SKIP is supplied, MTA will not convert the attributes and
         will not even convert the archive. The archive is moved to the
         error-directory and conversion must be done by hand.


 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ ReportInvalidFiles                                                  │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : It is  invalid  (and dangerous) when an archive contains one of
         more  files  with  a name equal to a device-name in your PC. To
         overcome any  problems  with  these archives, you should remove
         them !

         MTA is  (optionally)  able  to  test  EVERY filename inside the
         archive  against  ALL  CURRENT  device-driver  names  you  have
         active  in your  PC. If  you  set  this  option  (it  is highly
         recommened  that  you  do  so),  MTA  will perform these checks,
         otherwise  (no option)  it  won't.  Testing  of  all files will
         only take a few moments extra !

         In  general, only  when  this  option  will  cause  problems in
         your PC,  you  should  not  include  it, otherwise  include the
         option !

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ KeepAV                                                              │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : Both ARJ and ZIP can create archives with a special  attribute,
         called  the  security  envelope/Authentification  Verification.
         Normally these files are created by the original author of  the
         program(s) that are included and  the code functions as a  kind
         of proof that the file  is untouched by others (virus,  patches
         and so on). One piece of  bad luck is that some BBS's  also use
         the  AV/Security  Envelope  to  mark  these  files as 'theirs',
         destroying the original idea behind the AV/SE code.

         When you  want to  keep files  with a  valid AV/SE  as they are
         (and you should  do so, certainly  on a BBS),  you must include
         this option.  If MTA  detects such  an archive  it will  do the
         following:

         - Decompress the file

         - Test for any virus (still)

         - Perform the exists involved;

         - Remove all decompressed files;

         - Include any new files to the original file (only ZIP);

         - Add comments to the original file (only ZIP);

         - If the  source is an  SFX, it CAN  be converted to  a non-SFX
           file of the same system (when you set the SFXFiles option);

         The  original  archive  is  kept  as  it was. Only some special
         files could be added and, optionally a comment header (ZIP).

 Relate: IncludeAVFile
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ IncludeAVFile [filemask] {AVCode}                                   │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : As you have read  in the previous option, there are  situations
         where the  AV/SE code  has NO  meaning whatsoever.  You can use
         this option to instruct MTA  WHICH AV/SE files must keep  their
         code. All  others will  be stripped  EVEN if  the KeepAV option
         forces MTA not to do so.

         [filemask]    The parameter must  contain a single   file-mask.
                       You  can  use  the  normal  DOS  wildcards (?,*).
                       Also  a  special  wildcard  (=)  can be used. '='
                       will test  for a  shifting match.  So '=WAR' will
                       match  tradeWAR.zip  and  also  WARning.ARC.  =FZ
                       will NOT  match with  nodedifF.Zip. In  this case
                       you  must  use  =F.Z.   You  must  only include a
                       file-mask and not a directory and/or drive;

         {AVCode}      When this  parameter  is  NOT  present, all files
                       that  match  [filemask]  will  keep their AV-code
                       (e.g.  they  will  not be converted) if KeepAV is
                       set. You  can  also  supply  a  valid  AV-code or
                       AV-code-mask  overhere. In  this  case, all files
                       that  match  [filemask] AND  that  match {AVCode}
                       will  keep  their  AV-code (e.g. they will not be
                       converted)  when  KeepAV  is  set. You can either
                       supply  a  full  AV-code  overhere (like 0000 for
                       the  AV-code  that comes with original ARJxxx.EXE
                       distribution  file  or PKW655 that comes with the
                       original  PKLTExxx.EXE file)  or a mask. The mask
                       can  include  2  types of characters.  Either a #
                       (for numeric  digit)  or @ (for alphabetic digit)
                       can be  used in combination with real digits. For
                       example,  P@W###  will  cause  a match for PKW655
                       but NOT for P1WA11;

         Most obvious  you would  like to  keep the  AV/E codes for some
         general  files  like SCAN*.*, CLEAN*.*, 4DOS*.* and so on. Some
         examples are included in the archive. Some general hits:

         - When you want to keep all ZIP AV-codes, you can supply
           IncludeAVFile *.* @@@###
         - When you want to keep all ARJ AV-codes, you can supply
           IncludeAVFile *.* ####
         - Independent of the IncludeAVFile options you MUST set the
           KeepAV option to actually KEEP the AV-codes (e.g. no con-
           version of the archive). If there is a matching IncludeAVFile
           but NO KeepAV option, the archive will still be converted;

         There can be up to 512 IncludeAVFile options in MTA.CTL !

 Relate: KeepAV, ExcludeAVFile
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ ExcludeAVFile [filemask] [AVCode] {KEEP│DELETE│MOVE}                │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This option works is  the reversed of the IncludeAVFiles option
         described above. The  combination of In- and ExcludeAVFiles can
         result in  a  very nifty  management of archives with AV-codes.
         The number of ExcludeAVFile options that can be used is 512.

         The  ExcludeAVFile  option  is  tested  AFTER  A MATCH from the
         IncludeAVFile  is  found. If  it then matches the ExcludeAVFile
         option, it  is  again  excluded  AV  operation an the AV is not
         kept. If  you  did not use any IncludeAVFile (but KeepAV is set)
         you can  still use this option. In this case ALL AV'ed archives
         match (e.g. there  is  no  specific  IncludeAVFile) and you can
         exclude them again with this option.

         The  first  two  parameters for the ExcludeAVFile opion are the
         same as those on the IncludeAVFile option.

         The ExcludeAVFile  option  can use an extra parameter (when you
         compare it  with  the IncludeAVFile option). This parameter can
         have the following value:

         KEEP   : KEEP is the  default  so it can be left out. When KEEP
                  mode is  selected, MTA  will  leave  the AV'ed archive
                  when it matches the ExcludeAVFile option in question;

         MOVE   : When MOVE is used and the AV'ed archive will match the
                  given  ExcludeAVFile  option, the file is MOVED to the
                  error directory;

         DELETE : When DELETE  is  used and the AV'ed archive will match
                  the given  ExcludeAVFile  option,  the file is deleted
                  from  the  disk. This  comes in handy when you want to
                  remove  all  bogus-files  with a bogus-AVcode. Because
                  both the  ARJ  and ZIP AV-codes are cracked, there are
                  some  bogus  codes  in  the  circuit. If you know one,
                  you  can  include  the  ExcludeAVFile  option for this
                  AV-code, along with the DELETE option;

         Example 1:

         IncludeAVFile *.* ####            (include all ARJ's)
         IncludeAVFile *.* @@@###          (include all ZIP's)
         ExcludeAVFile *.* 0123    KEEP    (EXclude ARJ AV 123)

         A file A.ZIP enters  with AV-code PKQ001. It matches the second
         IncludeAVFile option  and does not match the ExcludeAVFile. Now
         a B.ARJ with code  123 enters. This  file  matches the first of
         the IncludeAVFile  options  but  also matches the ExcludeAVFile
         option. It is kept as it was and no conversion will take place.

         Example 2:

         IncludeAVFile MT*.* RVH001
         ExcludeAVFile M*.*  RVH001 DELETE

         MTA_VXXX.ZIP  with AV-code  RVH001 enters. It matches MT*.* but
         also M*.* and  is  deleted. Both  Include and exclude match but
         the exclude is tested last and has a higher priority !

 Relate: KeepAV, IncludeAVFile
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ KeepAVNoCode                                                        │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : If MTA is  unable  to  extract  the AV-code or AV-user from the
         archive  (see AVCODES.TEC file) where the original file 'looks'
         like a file  that  has an AV-code, MTA will mark those files as
         NOT having  the AV-code  and they are converted. If you include
         this option, MTA  will  always  KEEP the file in original state
         (when  KEEPAV  is  also  included), though  there  is  no check
         against the  IncludeAVFile  and  ExcludeAVFile options possible
         (there is no AV-code/AV-user obtained from the archive);

 Relate: KeepAV, IncludeAVFile, ExcludeAVFile
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ KeepVolLabel                                                        │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : Both ARJ and ZIP can contain (optionally) a volume label.  This
         is  sometimes  used  for  ARJ/ZIP  files  that are a compressed
         image of a diskette.

         MTA uses some  special techniques to  enforce the volume  label
         inside a  ZIP or  ARJ (if  any). The  technique only works when
         you have the SubstDrive option set and is as follows:

         - The current  volume-label of the  substituted drive is  read.
           This is the same label  as the drive containing the  ORIGINAL
           directory that is now used  for the substitution (in fact  it
           IS the volume label of that drive);

         - The ARJ or  ZIP is read. If  it contains no volume-label,  it
           will be converted as normal;

         - If it  contains a volume-label,  MTA will decompress  it with
           the option to decompress the volume-label as well;

         - The target system will  be called to compress the  file again
           (if it supports volume-labels,  those options are also  added
           by MTA);

         - MTA will reset  the volume-label to the original value unless
           there was no previous value, in which case MTA will set the
           label to MTA TMP LBL;

 Relate: None
 Dest. : ZIP, ARJ


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ NoCloakedArchives {ALL}                                             │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : Some achives are repacked recursively. For example, someone has
         created MYFILES.ZIP (with 15 files inside). Now  this  file  is
         for some  reason  packed  again  to MYFILES.ZIP. You now have a
         file  MYFILES.ZIP  with  ONE  file  inside  (MYFILES.ZIP). This
         included  file  contains  the real files. This type of files is
         very dangerous  to process from the command-line. If you should
         unpack  MYFILES.ZIP  with 'PKUNZIP MYFILES.ZIP', PKUNZIP  would
         report a message, asking to overwrite the existing file. If you
         answer 'Y'es, PKUNZIP will start doing so and while the work is
         in  progress,  PKUNZIP  could  overwrite  parts of the original
         archive  MYFILES.ZIP  with  new  data  from  the extracted file
         MYFILES.ZIP. This will cause  a damaged source AND target file.

         On BBS's  this  type of archives is sometimes created to show a
         newer  file-date  than  the  actual  files  inside  are (a  bad
         behaviour) or  it  can  happen as a result of a conversion of a
         complete  package  (originally  containing INSTALL.ARC which is
         now converted to, lets say, INSTALL.ZIP).

         If you include  the  NoCloakedArchives option, MTA will test if
         the  archive  will  ontain  ONE file AND that file has the same
         name  as  the  original archive. You can also add the parameter
         ALL in  which case MTA will test of ANY file inside the archive
         has the  same name as the archive itself. When the test matches,
         MTA will move the archive to the error-directory.

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ SkipBackups                                                         │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : Both ARJ and ZOO can contain (optionally) backups. These  files
         are normally not  decompressed by MTA  and will be  lost unless
         you have set special options for both ARJ and ZOO.

         If you want  to keep the  backups, you can  force MTA to  leave
         this archives as they were. In fact, they are skipped when  you
         supply this option  ! Normal ARJ/ZOO  files that DON'T  contain
         backup versions are processed as before.

 Relate: None
 Dest. : ZOO, ARJ


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ OverwriteDuplicates                                                 │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : Normally  MTA will never  overwrite any duplicate  file. If you
         convert A.ZIP  and A.ARJ  to ZOO,  it will  result in A.ZOO and
         A.ZO1 (the second  archive will be  renamed but will  NOT erase
         the other). If you  supply the OverwriteDuplicates option,  MTA
         WILL overwrite any file with the same name. This also goes for
         files that are moved to the error-directory and/or the trashcan
         directory !

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ Description                                                         │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : Most archivers have the  option to add a description to  one or
         more (or all)  components inside the  archive. If you  set this
         option, MTA  will add  options for  the target  to ask for such
         comments. THIS IS MANUAL WORK,  DON'T USE THIS OPTION WHEN  MTA
         MUST RUN UNATTENDED !!

 Relate: Autodescription
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ Autodescription [path]                                           (*)│
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : When you want to include a comment header in your target  file,
         you can use this option to do so (automatically). Those  target
         systems that  support it,  will be  instructed to  add a common
         header  to  each  and  every  converted  archive. Currently the
         comment can be added to ZIP, ZOO, ARJ and PAK files.

         [path]        This value must point to a valid  drive/directory
                       and  filename  of  the  file  which  include  the
                       actual comment.   If no  drive is  supplied,  the
                       default  one  is   used.   Relative   directories
                       (..\WRKDIR and such) are  not advised but can  be
                       used   (the   are   counted   from   the  CURRENT
                       directory).    The   file   must   be   a  normal
                       text-file. It can be a ANSI file (not  preferred,
                       most  archivers   won't  display   ANSI-sequences
                       unless specifically told, because ANSI  sequences
                       can  reconfigure  the  key-  board.  You would be
                       surprises and angry to  see that F3 now  starts a
                       FORMAT  of  your  hard-disk),  but  a normal pain
                       ASCII file  is best.  The total  size can  not be
                       greater than 64000 bytes.

         The AutoDescription can also be combined with the  CarryComment
         option (see BBS options) to gain maximum result !

         MTA uses the quickest  but safest way to  add the comment to  a
         file. In most cases piping  will be used (PKZIP -z  A <comment)
         but sometimes special options.

 Relate: Description
 Dest. : ARJ, ZIP, ZOO, PAK
 (*)   : Marked options are also in usage by: MTM


 3.3.6 Your own (new) compressor
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 The following  statements can  be used  to define  a compressor that is
 not (yet)  included in  MTA. If  you find  a compressor  that meets the
 standard to be included into MTA then please contact the author.

 Your OWN compression and decompression programs must follow some  basic
 rules and it is only needed to  include them if they are not yet  added
 to the STANDARD MTA support. The following rules apply:

 - They must report an errorlevel higher than 0 if errors occur;

 - The first errorlevel that reports  an error can not be followed  by a
   higher errorlevel that does NOT report an error;

 - The compressor MUST have an  option to delete the files it  has added
   to the archive;

 - The decompressor CAN have  recursive support. This also goes  for the
   compressor. It is not mandatory;

 - You can NOT use a batch-file to call the compressor/decompressor;

 - The  compression  system  must  use  its  own  extension (CRA in  the
   following examples);

 - Sometimes  you can  use the  support for  OWN compressors to overrule
   the  normal  compression/decompression  programs  that  MTA  supports
   internally, but you are on your own;


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ OwnCompressPath   [path] {opt} {DynSwapSiz} {second path}           │
 │ OwnDeCompressPath [path] {opt} {DynSwapSiz} {second path}           │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : For your own  compression and decompression program, these  two
         statements must  be included.  The syntax  is the  same as  all
         other  xxxPath  options.  OwnCompressPath and OwnDecompressPath
         must point  to the  same file  if compression/decompression  is
         combined in one program.

 Relate: All Own-options
 Dest. : OWN


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ OwnCompressCall   [parms2use]                                       │
 │ OwnDeCompressCall [param2use]                                       │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : When  using a customized  compression program, you  must supply
         the  parameters  to  be  passed  to  this program in the option
         OwnCompressCall.  For  any  decompression,  you must supply the
         parameters in the OwnDecompressCall option.

         [parms2use]   This parameter  must be  set in  a way  that  the
                       following sequence is started for compression:

                       - Compress all files in the current directory  in
                         the new archive;

                       - Delete all files from the current directory  or
                         compress with a move option (implicit delete);

                       This  parameter  must  be  set  in a way that the
                       following sequence is started for decompression:

                       - DeCompress all  files in the  current directory
                         from  the  new  archive;  The  name  of the new
                         archive is included  at the location  where you
                         add %1 in this parameter.

 Relate: All Own-options
 Dest. : OWN


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ OwnCompressLowErrorRC   [errornumber]                               │
 │ OwnDecompressLowErrorRC [errornumber]                               │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : When  you  include   a  customized (de)compressor, you have  to
         supply the  LOWEST DOS  errorlevel given  by the (de)compressor
         when something is WRONG.

         [errornumber] This  parameter  must  be  the lowest  errorlevel
                       returned  by  the  (de)compression  program  when
                       something is wrong. Values must be between 1  and
                       255;

 Relate: All Own-options
 Dest. : OWN


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ OwnExtension [extension]                                            │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : When  you want MTA  to 'see' your  customized compressed files,
         you have to supply  the name of the  extension MTA has to  look
         for. This can only be 1 extension (e.g. OWN).

         [extension]   This parameter must  be the (up to 3 bytes  long)
                       extension of the compressed files that are  ruled
                       under the OWN options.

         For every file that confirms to the supplied file-mask(s),  MTA
         will FIRST look if it  has an 'OwnExtension'. In that  case MTA
         will decompress  the file  with the  supplied decompressor.  If
         the destination is OWN, MTA instruct the customized  compressor
         to create files with extension 'OwnExtension'.

 Relate: All Own-options
 Dest. : All, including source OWN


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ OwnRecursive                                                        │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : When you implement a  compressor, you have to tell MTA  if that
         compressor  is  capable  of  handling  recursive  support. This
         means that  the compressor  will look  in the  current and  all
         lower directories. If the customized compressor can not  handle
         recursive support, you must leave out this option out.

 Relate: All Own-options
 Dest. : OWN


 3.3.7 Statements that define the various exits (hooks) in MTA
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 The following statements can be used  to define one or more exits.  The
 exit points in MTA  can be used to  call other programs, before,  while
 or after  the compression  and/or start  and end  of MTA.  Some of  the
 exits like the  VirusScanner option are  advised, the others  are up to
 you !

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ VirusScanner [desc] [crt] [swap] [lowe] {highe} [path] [parm] {parm}│
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : One of the major topics  on the PC today is the virus.  MTA has
         specific support for the scan  for a virus. The scanning  (when
         active) is done  after the decompression  of the files  (before
         the removal of any files that match any ExcludeFile option).

         Which scanner(s) you want  to use is fully  up to you. MTA  can
         support  a  wide  range  of  scanners.  MTA  is tested with the
         following scanners  (examples for  their calls  are included in
         the sample MTA.CTL inside the distribution archive):

         - Scan     by McAfee <tm>
         - TBScan   by Frans Veldman <tm>
         - HTScan   by Harry Thijssen <tm>
         - VIRX     by Microcom Software Division <tm>
         - CPAV     by Central Point Software <tm> (Version 1.2 and up)
         - FINDVIRU by S&S International <tm> (Dr. Solomon)

         With  the  current   version  of  MTA,   up to 10 scanners  can
         be  included.  If  a  file  contains   a  virus, the archive is
         moved to  the error-directory  and marked  with special  0-byte
         files.  Also  further processing of  THIS file   is aborted and
         MTA will  start working on the next archive.

         [desc]        This must  be a  short description of the type of
                       scanner. It will be displayed in the MTA log-file
                       and  remote  when  MTA is  doing its work under a
                       protocol  driver like FileDoor <tm>. It can be up
                       to 40 bytes  and  spaces  must  be substituded by
                       underscore characters ('_');

         [crt]         You must  either supply   'B' or  'D'. If     the
                       scanner is BIOS  oriented (line-mode) and  can be
                       run in the  MTA window, you  can use 'B'.  If the
                       scanner is using direct video calls/running  full
                       screen, you  must supply  'D'. MTA  will preserve
                       the screen according to this option;

         [swap]        This must  be the  amount of  memory (in  Kbytes)
                       that  must  be  available  to  run  the   scanner
                       without MTA having to swap itself out of  memory.
                       The  examples  in  the  supplied MTA.CTL are good
                       ones and used while testing;

         [lowe]        This must be the errorlevel the scanner   returns
                       when  a  virus  is  found.  Most scanners use the
                       errorlevel 1 when a virus is found, some of  them
                       use  a  range.  Check  the  documentation  of the
                       scanner to make sure you supply the right  level.
                       The  examples  in  MTA.CTL  are  correct  for the
                       given scanners;

         {highe}       This parameter is optional. If the scanner   will
                       return a  range of  errorlevels when  a virus  is
                       involved  (HTScan  does),  you  must  supply  the
                       lower limit  in [lowe]  and the  higher limit  in
                       {highe}.   If you  don't supply  {highe}, it will
                       be set  to the  same value  as [lowe].  The given
                       examples  in  MTA.CTL  are  correct for the given
                       scanners;

         [Path]        This parameter must contain the drive,  directory
                       and  filename  of  the  scanner  in question. MTA
                       will  validate  if  the  program  is at the given
                       location and give a warning if it isn't;

         [parm] {parm} At  this  location   you  can  (must) supply  the
                       various parameters for  the scanner. There  are a
                       few macros  available  that  will  be replaced by
                       values at run-time. These are:
                       %P This macro will be replaced with the full name
                          of the HIGHEST directory in the tree where the
                          decompressed files reside;
                       %F Will do the same but  will  show a \*.* behind
                          the directory;
                       %D This macro will be replaced with the LAST node
                          in the directory  tree.  For  example, if  the
                          directory is E:\TUP\TST\1F6566A6, %D  will  be
                          replaced by 1F6566A6. This comes in handy  for
                          scanners that make problems in networks;
                       %L This macro will be replaced by the driveletter
                          and a colon (C:, E: and so on). Some  scanners
                          can only work on drives and not on directories
                          only;
                       %S This is a better replacement for %L.  It  will
                          be subtituded with the driveletter (and colon)
                          of the SUBSTituted drive (only  when  you  use
                          the SUBST support,  which  is  advised).  Only
                          when the scanner has  problems  with  a  SUBST
                          drive you should use %L. If you don't use  the
                          SUBST support of MTA, %S will be replaced with
                          the normal drive (as with %L);

         Never forget to  check if the  scanner will halt  for a prompt.
         If this is the  case and you run  unattended, you could have  a
         problem. If you  run attended, this  makes no difference.  Most
         scanners implement  a type  of 'No-prompt'  mode, like /NOPAUSE
         with SCAN.  Be sure  to set  it somewhere  in [parm] or {parm}.
         Also do not forget to  implement the option to check  ALL lower
         trees  under  the  directory  that  is tested. The scanner must
         also scan all sub-directories.

         Examples for the mentioned  scanners are included (and  tested)
         in the example MTA.CTL in the distribution archive.

 Relate: VirusMasks
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ VirusMasks [mask1] {mask2}..{mask10}                                │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : Normally when you supply one or  more VirusScanner options, MTA
         will ALWAYS call all  virus-scanners for every  archive that is
         converted. This can be a pain in the neck when you have lots of
         files that don't contain  files that can carry a virus. If this
         is the case, or you want  to limit the testing of viri for some
         other reason, you  can  supply this VirusMasks option. With the
         option you can  supply  1 to 10 different file-masks. If one or
         more of  these  file-masks  match files inside the archive that
         is converted, MTA  will  call the virus-scanners. If no file in
         the archive matches  any of the masks that you supply with this
         option, the virus-scanners are NOT called !

         [mask1]       This parameter must be a valid file-mask. You can
           \\          also use the DISP-compatible format (=value). You
         {mask10}      must supply at  least  one mask when you use this
                       option and  you  can supply to a maximum of 10 of
                       these masks. In  normal  situations you will only
                       supply  extensions  like (*.COM, *.EXE, *.OVR and
                       *.SYS)  but  it  IS  possible to trigger the scan
                       on a full file-mask (like AVIRUS.COM).

         When you do NOT supply this option but you have supplied one or
         more  VirusScanner  options, the scan is ALWAYS performed. Only
         when the VirusMasks option is present, the scan will be limited
         to those archives that contain one or more match !

 Relate: VirusScanner
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ EXITBeforeStart       {dynswapsiz} [path] {option}...{option}       │
 │ EXITBeforeEnd         {dynswapsiz} [path] {option}...{option}       │
 │ EXITBetweenConversion {dynswapsiz} [path] {option}...{option}       │
 │ EXITAfterCompression  {dynswapsiz} [path] {option}...{option}       │
 │ EXITBeforeFill        {dynswapsiz} [path] {option}...{option}       │
 │ EXITAfterFill         {dynswapsiz} [path] {option}...{option}       │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : These options  include the  support for  various user exits  at
         various  places  in  MTA.  You   can  instruct  MTA  to call  a
         program OR a batch-file  (normally batch-files are not  allowed
         but  they  are  for   these  exits).   All  options  have these
         parameters in common:

         {dynswapsiz]} This  can  be  the  amount of memory (in  Kbytes)
                       that  must  be  available  to  run  the   scanner
                       without MTA having to swap itself out of  memory.
                       You  can  also  leave   out  the  parameter   (no
                       swapping);

         [Path]        This parameter must contain the drive,  directory
                       and filename  of the  exit in  question. MTA will
                       not validate  if they  are present  but will fail
                       the exit (but continue) if they are not. You  can
                       either supply a program or a batch-file.

         {option}      You can include various parameters that  will  be
                       passed  to  the  called  program/batch over here.
                       For some  options there  are special  macros (see
                       below) that can be used.

         Some of the exits can  contain macros inside the {option}  part
         of the call, these are:

         %1   This parameter can  occur anywhere in  {option}. MTA  will
              substitute  this  parameter  with  the relative path where
              the  uncompressed  files  are.  This  parameter is in fact
              superfluous, because  you ARE  in this  directory when the
              call  to   the  exit   is  made   (only  valid   for   the
              ExitBetweenConversion and ExitAfterCompression exits);

         %2   MTA will substitute this parameter with the name (not  the
              extension) of  the compressed  file (to  be) created (only
              valid     for      the      ExitBetweenConversion      and
              ExitAfterCompression exits);

         %3   MTA will  substitute this  parameter with  the   extension
              (without  the  point,  so  LZH   and  not  .LZH)  of   the
              compressed file (to be) created.  Can be used to test  the
              target  type  in  most  situations  (only  valid  for  the
              ExitBetweenConversion and ExitAfterCompression exits);

         %T   MTA will substitute this parameter with the number of  the
              MTA-task (see  /TASK) that  is running.  When no  /TASK is
              supplied, %T  will be  replaced by  1. This  macro can  be
              used to assign different exits for different tasks;

         You can take  a look into  the supplied example  of batch-files
         that are present inside the distribution archive.

         The various exits are called in the following phases:

         ExitBeforeStart              Called once, after reading     the
                                      MTA.CTL   file   and   before  the
                                      actual conversion. Can be used  to
                                      (re)set the cache  (if any) or  to
                                      sort directories and so on;

         ExitBeforeEnd                Called once, after the  conversion
                                      and  just  before  the termination
                                      of  MTA.  Can  be  used to reverse
                                      the actions in ExitBeforeStart  or
                                      anything else;

         ExitBetweenConversion        Called after every decompress  and
                                      before the  actual compress  takes
                                      place.  Can  be  used  to  perform
                                      special     actions     on     the
                                      decompressed files that MTA  can't
                                      do for you;

         ExitAfterCompression         Called after every final  compress
                                      of a file. Can be used to  perform
                                      actions  on  the  new archive that
                                      MTA can't do;

         ExitBeforeFill               Only called when /D is used.   Can
                                      be used to  do something with  the
                                      empty  diskette  that  is going to
                                      be filled  with files.  An example
                                      is to (re)format such a  diskette.
                                      Exit   is    called   for    every
                                      converted diskette;

         ExitAfterFill                Only called when /D is used.   Can
                                      be used to  do something with  the
                                      newly filled diskette. An  example
                                      is to catalogue  all files on  the
                                      diskette   with   your    favorite
                                      catalogue program. Exit is  called
                                      for every converted diskette;

         As said before, there  are some example batch-files  inside the
         distribution archive.

 Relate: All of MTA
 Dest. : Any



 3.3.8 Statements that are useful to Bulletin Board Systems and SysOps
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA can  be useful  for normal  user and  also for  SysOp's of Bulletin
 Board Systems (BBS). There are  several options that involve the  daily
 operation of archives inside a BBS.

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ BBSPaths [BBSType] [area-file] {alt-FBBS}                           │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : If you change your file  areas once in a while, you can  decide
         to  use  another  source  for   MTA  than  the  usage  of   the
         DefaultPath option.  If you  use the BBSPaths option, MTA  will
         start the  conversion on  all directories  inside the area-file
         that you  assign. This  is only  useful when  you make usage of
         AMS  (the  MarkString/NoMarked  options)  or  the  OnlyNewFiles
         option.   The BBSPaths  option is  meant for  a large number of
         QuickBBS  <tm>  compatible  BBS's  (clones)  like Remote Access
         <tm>, SuperBBS <tm> and  certainly QuickBBS <tm> itself  in all
         various flavors.

         [BBSType]     With  this  parameter you  assign the type of BBS
                       that  created the area-file (f.i. FLSEARCH.BBS or
                       FILES.RA) that MTA will use. The following values
                       are currently supported:

                       SBBS :  SuperBBS  <tm>  versions 1.16 and  higher
                              (FLSEARCH.BBS)

                       QOLD : QuickBBS  <tm>   versions  2.74 and  lower
                              (FLSEARCH.CTL)

                       QBBS : QuickBBS   <tm>  versions 2.75  and higher
                              (FILECFG.DAT)

                       MAXI : Maximus    <tm>  versions 2.xx  and higher
                              (AREAS.DAT)

                       RA00 : Remote   Access   <tm>   versions     0.0x
                              (FILES.RA)

                       RA10 : Remote   Access  <tm> versions  1.0x, uses
                              (FILES.RA)

                       RA11 : Remote   Access  <tm> versions  1.1x, uses
                              FILES.RA  and  alternate  FILES.BBS  files
                              for CD-ROM

                       RA20 : Remote   Access  <tm> versions  2.0x, uses
                              FILES.RA  and  alternate  FILES.BBS  files
                              for CD-ROM

         [area-file]   This parameter must contain the drive,  directory
                       and  filename  of  the  BBS area-file.  MTA  will
                       validate  if  it  is   present.   The  file  must
                       follow the   standard   for the  type of  BBS you
                       choose in [BBSType] (some  have various  formats,
                       depending  on  the  version).  See  the   example
                       MTA.CTL file(s) for the correct file-names;

         {alt-FBBS}    When you  assign RA11 or RA20, you must  also use
                       this parameter. You assign the alternate dir  for
                       the  FILES.BBS  files  (FILES.1,  FILES.99 and so
                       on)  that  are  used  for  READ-ONLY devices like
                       CD-ROM.  For all other BBS-types, this  parameter
                       has no meaning.


         Depending on the type of BBS,  MTA will work on all areas  that
         are inside the  BBS area-file. Some  BBS's show the  difference
         between  normal  areas  and  READ-ONLY  areas (like CD-ROM). In
         that case, MTA will also know the difference and will NOT  work
         on these areas (it is  impossible to write on these  media, nor
         to move any vaulty archives from these media). BBS's that  have
         CD-ROM access are, RA (1.xx  and higher, by means of  alternate
         FILES.nnn files that must  be present in a  special directory),
         SBBS  (inside   the  FLSEARCH.BBS,   when  the   file-path  and
         list-path are not equal) and QuickBBS 2.75 (same as SBBS).

         MTA will *ADD* all the  valid directories from BBSPaths to  the
         already present directories that can come from Defaultpath  and
         will also look  at  the  ExcludeDirectory  option  to see which
         directories must  be  left  out. MTA is able to store up to 255
         directories in memory. If there are more directories inside the
         area-file, MTA will abort (this will be changed very soon).

 Relate: DefaultPath, ExcludeDirectory
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ ExcludeDirectory [dir]                                              │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This option is mainly used when you want to exclude one or more
         (up to 255) directories from the directories that are collected
│        by the  BBSPaths option.  If  one  or  more  of the directories
│        inside the BBS contain abnormal archives (f.i. other platforms)
         you can exclude  such  directory  to  overcome the problem that
         otherwise  would occur when MTA starts converting these files !

         [dir]         This value must point to a valid  drive/directory
                       which will be excluded  from  the BBSPaths option
                       (even from DefaultPath, but this  has  no  useful
                       meaning).

│Relate: DefaultPath, BBSPaths
 Dest. : All

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ CarryComment [type] {comment}                                       │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This option is  another way of putting (useful)  comment inside
         the  target  archives.  There  are  various  in  which way this
         option can work, but only one is allowed. You can overrule  the
         type of work with the /CARCOM command-line option though.

         With CarryComment you order MTA to carry over any comment  from
         the source  archive (PAK/ZIP/ARJ/ZOO)  into the  target archive
         (same types). The carry can be done in three different ways.

         [type]        This  parameter can be set to 1, 2 or 3.  The way
                       CarryComment will work depends on the number  you
                       set  over  here.  The  values  have the following
                       meaning:

                       1 : MTA  will carry over  the comment (up  to 256
                           bytes) from the source file, if a comment  is
                           available;

                       2 : MTA will first look into the source file  and
                           will remember up to 256 bytes of the  comment
                           (if any).   After conversion,  MTA will  look
                           into the  file you  supplied in  the FilesBBS
                           option (if  you did  supply this  option). If
                           the file  has a  record inside  the FILES.BBS
                           (or alike  file), THIS  comment is  taken and
                           not the comment  in the source  file.  If  no
                           comment  is  available,  MTA  will  use   the
                           comment from the source file (if any);

                       3 : MTA will  always look into the  FILES.BBS (or
                           alike) file. This is only valid when you  use
                           the  FilesBBS   option.  If   a  record    is
                           available,  the  comment  is  carried over to
                           the target  file. If  no record  is available
                           the target will NOT have any comment;

         {comment}     When you supply this  parameter (spaces must   be
                       replaced  with  underscore  characters), MTA will
                       put this  comment IN  FRONT of  the comment  that
                       came from the carry itself. There will be a  CRLF
                       between this comment and the following  (carried)
                       comment.

         You can make a combination  of the AutoComment and the  current
         option (CarryComment). In  this case, MTA  will add a  combined
         into  the  target-file.  In  the  combination, the comment from
         AutoComment file  comes first  and the  comment constructed  by
         the  CarryComment  statement  comes  directly  (WITHOUT A CRLF)
         after this comment. Please keep  in mind that you separate  the
         two comments yourself (if needed) by adding a CRLF in the  file
         assigned by AutoComment.

         Please  also  read  the  info  on  the  FilesBBS option and the
         AddFilesBBS option.

 Relate: FilesBBS, AddFilesBBS
 Source: ZIP/PAK/ZOO/ARJ
 Dest. : ZIP/PAK/ZOO/ARJ


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ FILEIDDIZ {name1} {name2} {name3} {name4} {name5}                   │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : For  some  BBS   programs,  the file FILE_ID.DIZ has a  special
         meaning.  It  contains  a  description  of the programs (files)
         that are included inside the  archive. MTA can do a  few things
         with  this  comment.  If  you  use this option (FILEIDDIZ), you
         instruct MTA to  store the text  from FILE_ID.DIZ into  memory.
         This  is  done, only  when  the  archive  actually  contains  a
         FILE_ID.DIZ file (or name-like, see parameters).

         You can also instruct MTA to search for other files that have
         the same usage as FILE_ID.DIZ. In some distribution nets, the
         author can create two files, one containing 'high' characters
         and one containing only characters in the range X'00'-X'127'.
         Other types of files will also be used for sure, so MTA is very
         'dynamic' in the usage of this option.

         {name1}       Normally MTA will  look for files with the   name
           //          FILE_ID.DIZ. If this is not the correct  standard
         {name5}       on  your  system,  MTA   can   look for (an)other
                       file(s) with such usage but  with different names.
                       MTA will  use  the  priority in the way you order
                       the different names. If you use A B C D and E for
                       {name1} to {name5} and the  archive contains both
                       B and D, MTA  will  use B and will leave D alone.
                       If you use A D C B and E, MTA will use the D-file
                       because it comes first in the list. There  can be
                       a maximum of 5 different names !

         Previous versions of MTA were not so relaxed when the format of
         the FILE_ID.DIZ was  tested. There  is  no  actual standard for
         this file, though the original distribution-net used files with
         8 lines, each containing  43  bytes of text (FILES.BBS format).
         MTA would give a warning when more (or less) lines were present
         and the lines exceeded the 43  byte bounds. Because of the more
         dynamic usage (not only  FILE_ID.DIZ can be used), MTA will now
         store up to 20 lines  of  (up to) 128 bytes of text without any
         warning.

         This option  (on its  own) will  not do  more than  reading the
         file FILE_ID.DIZ  (or the names you  supplied) and  storing the
         information  in  memory.  What  is  going  to  happen with this
         informations is  depending on  the FilesBBS/AddFILESBBS  option
         and/or the StoreComment and ReplaceComment option).


 Relate: FilesBBS/AddFilesBBS, StoreComment, ReplaceComment
 Source: All
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ LeadingSpace TRIM                                                   │
 │ LeadingSpace CHAR [char]                                            │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This  is  a very  special option that can be used when you work
         with special door-programs that list your FILES.BBS-alike files
         in a non-conventional way.

         When MTA  obtains  information  from the FILE_ID.DIZ (or alike)
         files  and  this  comments  contains spaces at the beginning of
         the second (or higher) line, like:

         This file description has a special format because
             - It contains spaces at the start of this line
             - And again
             - And again

         it will keep this spaces (by default), resulting in entries  in
         the FILES.BBS-alike file, that look like this:

         ffffffff.eee This file description has a special format because
          +    - It contains spaces at the start of this line
          +    - And again
          +    - And again

         Some  door-programs  that list  FILES.BBS-alike files with this
         format, will  display  these lines with a bad adjustment on the
         screen. To overcome  this  problem, you can use LEADINGSPACE to
         convert the descriptions.

         TRIM  :  When TRIM  is used, MTA  will strip all leading spaces
                  from the comment and will add the '+' before the first
                  non-space character;

         CHAR  :  When CHAR is used, MTA will replace all leading spaces
                  with the  character  [char]. [char] can  be coded as a
                  single  character (like 'Leadingspace #', resulting in
                  the replacement  of each leading space into '#') or as
                  a 3-digit  number (like 'Leadingspace 225',  resulting
                  in the  replacement  of  each leading  space into 'ß').
                  The number must be decimal !

 Relate: FILEIDDIZ, ADDFILESBBS
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ ReplaceComment                                                      │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : When you use the FILEIDDIZ parameter, MTA can add new comments
         to FILES.BBS that come from this file (see FILEIDDIZ option).
         Normally, MTA will not REPLACE a comment in FILES.BBS with the
         comment taken from this file. This could cause much harm to all
         your FILES.BBS files when you (re)convert a complete area of
         files. All you modified comments would be removed when a file
         contains a FILE_ID.DIZ-alike file.

         If you want to replace existing comments in FILES.BBS with the
         comment that comes from a FILE_ID.DIZ-alike file that is  read
         when the file  in  question  is converted, you can supply this
         option but be  careful. For  starters,  MTA remove the comment
         somewhere in the  FILES.BBS  and  will  add the new comment to
         the end of the  FILES.BBS. Also,  carefully  created  comments
         with nice  bells  and  whistles are replaced by something that
         indeed covers the file-description but is always very simple !

 Relate: FilesBBS/AddFilesBBS, FILEIDDiz
 Source: All
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ DefFilesBBSDesc [mask] [desc]                                       │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : When MTA has to add the converted file to the FILES.BBS (alike)
         file and there  is  NO  comment taken from ANY location (any of
         the FILE_ID.DIZ-alike files and/or previous FILES.BBS entries),
         MTA will  (by default)  add  'No description available' as  the
         comment  inside the  FILES.BBS-alike file. Previous versions of
         MTA would  even only  add the  filename (and no comment) to the
         FILES.BBS-alike file when the archive was NEW.

         MTA  will  now,  by default, put  'No description available' in
         the  FILES.BBS-alike file. This will be the case if NO previous
         description  is  available (FILE_ID.DIZ, FILES.BBS)  and/or the
         archive is NEW.

         BEFORE MTA  will  add 'No description available', MTA will scan
         all available DefFILESBBSDesc options in MTA.CTL. These options
         (up to 255 are allowed) have two parameters:

         [mask]        This must  be a valid DOS, 4Dos <tm> or DISP <tm>
                       filename  mask  (wildcards allowed). There are no
                       directories allowed;

         [desc]        This must  be the description that belongs to the
                       previous  [mask]. It  can  be  up to 47 byte long
                       and spaces are allowed.

         If MTA can  match  the filename with a mask, the comment of the
         FIRST match  is  carried  over  into  the FILES.BBS-alike file.
         You can also use  this option to change the default comment for
         ALL files.

         An example:

         DefFilesBBSDesc NODELIST.*   The new nodelist file
         DefFilesBBSDesc NODEDIFF.*   The new nodelist difference file
         DefFilesBBSDesc NODE*.*      Something to do with the nodelist
         DefFilesBBSDesc *.LU         ARRRG, who uses LU these days ?
         DefFilesBBSDesc *.*          No description found, sorry !

         The following files will give the following results:

         NODELIST.A26    Decription : The new nodelist file
         NODESHIT.A88                 Something to do with the nodelist
         NADASHIT.Z12                 No description found, sorry !
         BAR.LU                       ARRRG, who uses LU these days ?
         FOOBAR.ZOO                   No description found, sorry !

 Relate: FilesBBS/AddFilesBBS, FILEIDDiz, CarryComment
 Source: All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ FilesBBS {location}                                                 │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : If you convert files, the name will change in most cases  (from
         the source system, fi.  A.ZIP, to the destination,  fi. A.LZH).
         This change will  cause any entry  in the FILES.BBS  alike file
         to be  invalid. MTA  can help  out in  this case.  When you add
         this  option,  the  entries  in  the  FILES.BBS  alike file (if
         available) will also change !

         There are several  formats of this  option. If coded  without a
         parameter, MTA will  assume FILES.BBS as  the filename and  the
         directory where the conversion  takes place as the  location of
         the file.

         {location}    This parameter is optional an can either contain:

                       - A filename. In  this case MTA will  assume this
                         filename  as  the  name  of the FILES.BBS alike
                         file  and  the  directory  where the conversion
                         takes place as the location;

                       - A  full path,  containing drive,  directory and
                         filename. In  this case,  MTA will  assume that
                         you only  have ONE  FILES.BBS alike  file (this
                         is the case  for RBBS-alike systems).  The name
                         and location are assigned with this parameter.

         When you don't use  the FilesBBSFormat option (see  later), MTA
         will search  for filenames  in position  1 of  each record  and
         with the format FILENAME.EXT (upper- and lower case).   Changes
         are  made  after  every  conversion.   If  MTA  aborts  on   an
         operation,  all  PREVIOUS  archives  that  are  converted   ARE
         already changed in the FILES.BBS alike file(s).

         If you run  the ExitAfterCompression to  create SFX files  from
         the target  archives, the  change in  the FILES.BBS  alike file
         will  be   incorrect  !   You  must   use  one   of  the    MTA
         CompressionType values that instruct MTA to create the SFX.  In
         this case the change will be done correctly !

         It is also possible to change any sizes in the FILES.BBS  alike
         file(s). Some  of these  files contain  the actual  size of the
         file (RBBS master  directory). MTA will  change the size  also,
         if the correct size was already present in the FILES.BBS  alike
         file.

         If comments in the FILES.BBS  alike file start with a  download
         counter (e.g. FILENAME.EXT [01]  Downloaded once), and you  use
         the CarryComment  option (types  2 or  3), MTA  will strip  the
         download-counter  (only  when  the  format  is [nnnn]) from the
         description  that  will  be  added  to  the archive (not in the
         FILES.BBS alike file).

         This option  can also  be used  in a  NON-BBS environment where
         4Dos is installed and used. You should set the various  options
         as follows:

         - Set the FilesBBS option       to 'FilesBBS DESCRIPT.ION';
         - Set the FilesBBSFormat option to 'FilesBBSFormat 1 1 I2';
         - Set the AddFilesBBS option;
         - Set the CarryComment option to 2 (without extra parameters);

         In this case the comment will  be carried over out of the  4Dos
         DESCRIPT.ION file (this  is a hidden  file that 4DOS  maintains
         when you  use the  DESCRIBE command),  the change  of extension
         (if any) will be performed in the same file and if there is  no
         comment for this file in  the DESCRIPT.ION file, MTA can  carry
         over the comment from the archive (if any) into this file.

         When the FilesBBS option is active and MTA detects a  defective
         archive, MTA will move  this archive to the  supplied directory
         for  archives  in  error.  MTA  will also carry the description
         from the original FILES.BBS alike file over to a new  FILES.BBS
         alike file in this error directory.  The original comment  will
         ALSO  stay  in  the  original  FILES.BBS  alike  file. When the
         FILES.BBS alike  file is  on a  fixed location,  this option is
         not triggered.

 Relate: FilesBBSFormat
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ AddFilesBBS                                                         │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : If you receive new  files without any entries in the  FILES.BBS
         alike file,  MTA can  add them  for you.  If the source archive
         also contains a  description (comment), this  is also added  to
         that file. The AddFilesBBS  option will ONLY function  when you
         have  set  the  FilesBBS  option.  The description will only be
         added (if present) when the  CarryComment option is set with  a
         value of 1 or 2. The format of the added record is the same  as
         set in the FilesBBSFormat option.

         If you have set the FILEIDDIZ option AND there is such a file
         inside the archive, MTA will use THIS comment (it has a higher
         priority than CarryComment) for the new entry in the FILES.BBS
         alike file. If there already IS a comment in the FILES.BBS
         alike file (for this file), MTA will NOT overwrite that comment
         with the new comment.

         If MTA  is unable to obtain comments from the FILEIDDIZ option,
         it will also search in any DESCRIPT.ION file (4Dos <tm> comment
         file) or in  any ?????????.I?? (FileDoor <tm> information file)
         file before searching in the DefFilesBBSDesc options !

 Relate: FilesBBSFormat, FilesBBS, CarryComment, FileIDDiz,
         DefFilesBBSDesc
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ FilesBBSFormat [name] [extension] [comment]                         │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This option will instruct MTA about the internal format of  the
         FILES.BBS alike  file.   Under default  conditions, MTA expects
         the  filename  to  start  on  position  1  of each line, with a
         filename format  for name.ext  (with a  point between  the name
         and the  extension) and  the comment  to start  on position 14.
         When your FILES.BBS alike file  (if you use any) is  different,
         you must use this option to set the new format.

         [name]        This parameter must be set to the position  where
                       the filename will start;

         [extension]   This parameter must be set to the position  where
                       the  extension  will  start.  If filename and the
                       extension  are  combined  together  with a point,
                       [name] and [extension] must be the same value;

         [comment]     This parameter must be the starting point of  the
                       comment.  If  the  FILES.BBS  alike file does not
                       contain a comment,  you must set  it to 255.   If
                       the comment 'floats'  somewhere in the  file, the
                       starting position  is different  every time,  you
                       can use another format.  In this case you  supply
                       the ITEM NUMBER  (and not the  starting position)
                       with the value 'I'. For example:

                       My.ZIP 1234 The comment
                       Our.ZIP 233222 The comment

                       In  this  case,  the  comment  is floating but is
                       always the 4th item.  In this case you  supply I4
                       for this parameter.

         The FilesBBSFormat option only has a meaning when the  FilesBBS
         option is also set.

 Relate: FilesBBS
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ FilesCounter [location] {startchar} {endchar}                       │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This  option  can  be used to instruct MTA how to recognize and
         use files-counters  in  the  FILES.BBS-alike file. MTA will use
         the information  to  strip files-counter from descriptions that
         are added as  comment  to the archive (CARRYCOMMENT option) and
         to add  files-counters  when  the  filenames are changed in the
         FILES.BBS-alike  files or  files are added to this file (if the
         ADDFILESBBS option is set).

         [location]    This is the  location of the files-counter in the
                       FILES.BBS-alike file. Valid values are:

                       NONE  : There  are  NO  files-counters set in the
                               FILES.BBS-alike  files (you don't use any
                               counters);

                       START : The  files-counters  are  placed  at  the
                               start of the comment;

                       END   : The files-counters  are placed at the end
                               of the comment;

         {startchar}   This  parameter  can  be  used to  tell MTA which
                       character  is  used as the starting character for
                       the files-counter (like '[', '{', '(' and so on).
                       By default MTA  assumes  the '[' character as the
                       start-character of the files-counter;

         {endchar}     This  parameter  can  be  used  to tell MTA which
                       character is used as the ending character for the
                       files-counter (like ']', '}', ')' and  so on). By
                       default MTA assumes the ']' character as the end-
                       character of the files-counter;


         When no FILESCOUNTER option is supplied, MTA will assume:

         FilesCounter START [ ]

         E.g. counters  at  the  start of the comment, starting with '['
         and ending with ']'. FILES.BBS-alike entries will look like:

         nnnnnnnn.eee [##] ccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccc

         When you do not use any counters in your FILES.BBS-alike files,
         you have to set:

         FilesCounter NONE

 Relate: FilesBBS, AddFilesBBS, CarryComment
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ TICKFiles [mask]                                                    │
 │ FESFiles  [mask]                                                    │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage  :  Until  now,  all  previous  BBS-options had to do with normal
         FILES.BBS alike type of  files. The following options  do some-
         thing  with  other  types  of  files.   These  options makes it
         possible to pick  up the description  of a certain  file from a
         TICK or  FES file.  When you  get your  files into  the inbound
         directory and the *.TIC/FES files along with them, you can  now
         convert them (and  optionally move them)  to any other  system,
         while MTA will try to extract the comment of the file from  the
         associated TICK/FES-file. You can  do two types of  things with
         these  comments.  You  can  add  them  to  the  FILES.BBS   (if
         AddFILESBBS is set to on) AND you can store them in the  header
         of the archive (comment) when CarryComment is set to on.

         If CarryComment is on (independent  of the type 1,2 or  3), MTA
         will  search  for  the  comment  in the old archive-header, the
         FILES.BBS or  both. If  TICKFiles is  set   AND MTA  can find a
         description in any of the TICK-files, this comment will  always
         overrule the comment from the FILES.BBS or the old header.  The
         same goes for the FESFiles option.

         [mask]        This parameter must point to a drive,   directory
                       and  filemask.   Most  obvious   is  to   include
                       *.TIC as   the  filemask   (and  in   some  cases
                       *.BAD can also be handy).

         You  can  use  multiple  TICKFiles  options to assign different
         TICK files (*.TIC and *.BAD) and in different directories.   Up
         to  10  are  allowed.  Also  10  FESFiles  options  are allowed
         (*.FES, *.BAD).

         The  TICK/FES-files  are  ALL  searched  (for  every  converted
         archive) until either:

         - a description is found;

         - all files are processed and no description was found;

         MTA will  search for  either FILE:  or FILE  and DESC: and DESC
         inside the TICK-files. This is  pointed out in FSC-0028 !   The
         FES files follow the authors description !

 Relate: FilesBBS, AddFilesBBS, CarryComment
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ UpdateUntypedFiles [mask]                                           │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This is  a special, independent, option  to update any type  of
         file with the new (converted) name of the archive. Let us  take
         an example:

         -) Some  products keeps  a small  database with  names of files
            (also your archives) inside.   RFW is such an example.   Now
            you  convert  some  archive  and  the information inside the
            database has  become invalid  !   UpdateUntypedFiles is  the
            answer to your problem.

         UpdateUntypedFiles will update ANY type of file (even a program
         or binary file) with the new name of the archive IF:

         - You don't use the /D option;

         - The name  of the target  has the same  length as the  name of
           the source. A  conversion from something.ZIP  to Something.MD
           will not be performed;

         - The name location is  within the 64K (65535) bytes  bounds of
           the file;  Longer files  will NOT  be truncated  but only the
           first 64K of bytes are scanned and (optionally) changed;

         [mask]        This parameter must point to a drive,   directory
                       and filemask.

         You can add up to  10 UpdateUntypedFiles options into the  file
         MTA.CTL. But be smart and think before you do. MTA will  search
         ALL files and though  this is fast I/O,  it can take some  time
         if you include numerous files !

         UpdateUntypedFiles can be used  as a replacement to  the update
         of the  FILES.BBS alike  file(s) when  these files  are smaller
         than 64K.  In that  case, this  option will  give you a 50-200%
         gain in speed over the FilesBBS option !!.

 Relate: UpdateTICKFiles, UpdateFESFiles
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ UpdateUntypedFull                                                   │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This option can be used in combination with the previous option
         (UPDATEUNTYPEDFILES). If  this  option  is  set, MTA  will only
         change the filename  in  the  'untyped file'  when both the old
         filename AND the name of the directory both match the converted
         file.

         Without this option, MTA will only change the file when the old
         old filename matches but MTA won't look at the directoryname.

         You should  set  this option when you use UPDATEUNTYPEDFILES to
         update *.MSG files with attached files (TICK/FES support) !

 Relate: UpdateUntypedFiles
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ UpdateTICKFiles [mask]                                              │
 │ UpdateFESFiles  [mask]                                              │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : The syntax  is the  same as  with UpdateUntypedfiles.  See  the
         chapter  about  TICK  files,  later  in this documentation. The
         material is to complex to put over here.

 Relate: UpdateUntypedFiles, UpdateMSGFiles
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ UpdateMSGFiles [dir]                                                │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : The UPDATEMSGFILES option has a different format than the three
         previous options. There can be ut to 255 of these options with
         the following parameter:

         [dir]         This parameter must point to a ddirectory where
                       your *.MSG files are. Do not code the file-mask,
                       but ONLY the directory.

         See the chapter on TICK files for a description of this option.

 Relate: UpdateTICKFiles, UpdateFESFiles
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ UpdateMSGFull                                                       │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : Same as the UPDATEUNTYPEDFULL  option  but now in relation with
         the UPDATEMSGFILES option.

         You  should  set  this  option  when  you use UPDATEMSGFILES to
         update *.MSG files with attached files (TICK/FES support) !

 Relate: UpdateMSGFiles
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ COMPort [port]                                                      │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : MTA has internal modem support. This is needed in case you  run
         MTA as an exit of the  BBS (e.g. a protocol driver like  DISP's
         FileDoor). When you  use modem support,  MTA will echo  some of
         the progress to the COM-port and the user can follow a part  of
         the  conversion.  All  modem  related  options  will do NOTHING
         unless the Remote option or the /REMOTE command-line  parameter
         is used.

         [port]        This parameter must  point to the COM-port  that
                       MTA will use. If set to 0, no remote tracking  is
                       done.

 Relate: BaudRate, Remote, FossilPort /REMOTE
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ FOSSILPort [port]                                                   │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This  option  can   be  used  as a replacement for  the COMPort
         option. The major difference is  that [port] will now point  to
         the FOSSIL port number (usually 1 less than the COM-port).

 Relate: BaudRate, Remote, COMPort /REMOTE
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ BAUDRate [baud]                                                     │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : When  remote tracking is  used, MTA must  know the baudrate  of
         the MTA-to-Modem speed.

         [baud]        This parameter must be set to the connect  speed.
                       If you  use a  locked modem,  you must  set it to
                       the locked  speed and  not to  the connect speed.
                       If set to 0, remote tracking is disabled.

         Normally you use  the /BAUD command-line  parameter to set  the
         baud-rate because it can vary, unless a locked speed is used.

 Relate: COMPort or FOSSILPort, Remote, /REMOTE
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ StoreSize {ext}                                                     │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This option, on its   own, does nothing, but it will be  useful
         when  remote  tracking  is  active.  In  this case it will do a
         function  that  is  specific  to  FileDoor.  If  this option is
         active and  MTA is  running under  FileDoor, MTA  will create a
         special file  with a  specific format.  This file  contains the
         ACTUAL size of  the file BEFORE  the conversion. FileDoor  will
         detect this file and will credit the user for the actual  bytes
         that were uploaded and not  the newly created number of  bytes.
         For example the user uploads  A.ARC (10000 bytes) and MTA  will
         convert it to A.ZIP  (6000 bytes). Without StoreSize,  FileDoor
         will credit  the user  for 6000  bytes but  with StoreSize set,
         FileDoor will take the actual 10000 bytes as credit.

         {ext}  Normally, MTA will create a file with the name equal  to
                the archive (without  extension) and the  extension XS1.
                This extension can only be used in FileDoor  3.01+.  All
                earlier versions (up to 3.01Γ5)  use  the  extension F$D.
                When you run FileDoor 2.03 (up to 3.01Γ5) or a  clone of
                FileDoor  that  uses this system, you  must change {ext}  to
                the proper extension (F$D in case of FileDoor 2.03);

         Even if you don't run remote, you can still use this option. In
         this case, it is up to you (or a batch oriented program) to  do
         something with the created file(s).

 Relate: Remote
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ StoreName {nam}                                                     │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This option, on its   own, does nothing, but it will be  useful
         when  remote  tracking  is  active.  In  this case it will do a
         function  that  is  specific  to  FileDoor.  If  this option is
         active and  MTA is  running under  FileDoor, MTA  will create a
         special file  with a  specific format.  This file  contains the
         name of the archives before and after the  conversion. FileDoor
         will detect this file and will use it to see any altered  names
         AFTER the upload.

         {nam}  Normally, MTA will create a file with the name equal  to
                FileDoor.XS2. This filename can only be used in FileDoor
                versions 3.01 (3.01Γ6 up to release). Only  beta-testers
                and users  of FileDoor <tm> clones will  have  to  alter
                {name} to something different (FILEDOOR.F#D  for gamma's
                up to 3.01Γ5.

         Even if you don't run remote, you can still use this option. In
         this case, it is up to you (or a batch oriented program) to  do
         something with the created file(s).

 Relate: Remote
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ StoreComment {ext}                                                  │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This option, on its   own, does nothing, but it will be  useful
         when  remote  tracking  is  active.  In  this case it will do a
         function  that  is  specific  to  FileDoor.  If  this option is
         active and  MTA is  running under  FileDoor, MTA  will create a
         special file  with a  specific format.  This file  contains the
         comment (from CarryComment or FileIDDIZ) for the specific  file
         that was uploaded by the user.

         {nam}  Normally, MTA will create a file with the name equal  to
                FILEDOOR.XS3. This  name can  only be  used in  FileDoor
                3.01+ (up from FileDoor 3.01Γ6). If you use  a  FileDoor
                clone you will have to  alter {nam}  to  the  name  this
                program uses;

         Even if you don't run remote, you can still use this option. In
         this case, it is up to you (or a batch oriented program) to  do
         something with the created file(s).

 Relate: Remote
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ Remote                                                              │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : When set (and  when both COMPort and Baudrate  contain non-zero
         values), MTA will do remote tracking and will send messages  to
         the remote user.

 Relate: Baudrate,FOSSILPort,COMPort,StoreSize,StoreName,StoreComment
 Dest. : All


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ RemoteColor [txtlow] [txthig] [ok] [err] [act] [fil]                │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This  option can be  used to overrule  the default colors  that
         MTA uses for remote messages.

         [...]         There are 6 types of colors that can be   changed
                       to your own  needs. You must  supply ALL of  them
                       when  you  use  this  option.  [...] can have the
                       following values:

                       0  : Black            8  : DarkGray
                       1  : Blue             9  : LightBlue
                       2  : Green            10 : LightGreen
                       3  : Cyan             11 : LightCyan
                       4  : Red              12 : LightRed
                       5  : Magenta          13 : LightMagenta
                       6  : Brown            14 : Yellow
                       7  : LightGray        15 : White

                       You must supply  a value that  is made up  by the
                       foreground-color  and  background-color  with the
                       following formula:

                       Color = [Foreground] + 16 * [Background]

                       Only the values 0 to 7 can be used for the  back-
                       ground color. Also you  can add 128 to  the total
                       to force a blinking value !

                       [txtLow] This  is  the  low intensity text  color
                                (common text). Default value is 3;

                       [txtHig] This  is the  high intensity  text color
                                (common text). Default value is 11;

                       [Ok]     This is  the color to  display  ok-text.
                                Default value is 10;

                       [Err]    This  is the  color to  display  errors.
                                Default value is 12;

                       [Act]    This  is the  color to  display  special
                                activity. Default value is 13;

                       [Fil]    This  is the  color to  display   files.
                                Default value is 14;

         Local colors can  not be changed  (yet). Colors are  only shown
         when ANSI-support is used (so /ANS0 is not used).

 Relate: Remote
 Dest. : All


 3.3.9 Special statements
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 The following statements  are a collection  of statements that  can not
 be categorized in one of the other groups.

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ IncludeCtl [path]                                                   │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This parameter is optional. In MTA.CTL you can include one  (or
         several) other CTL-files. This comes in handy when you want  to
         separate  your  'normal'  run-time  options  and  the 'special'
         options you change much.

         MTA  can  handle  nested  IncludeCTL  statements.  So  you  can
         include 'IncludeCTL MTA.001' in your MTA.CTL and again you  can
         include  'IncludeCTL  MTA.002'  in  your  MTA.001.   The  total
         number of IncludeCTL options  (nested and in the  primary file)
         can be up to 16.

         [path]        This parameter must  point to the    control-file
                       you want to  include. The parameter  must contain
                       the drive, directory and filename.

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All


 3.3.10 Statements available when using a registered version
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 The following statements can  be used to define  one or more exits.  An
 exit a sort  of hook in  the MTA execution  process. The several  exits
 (hooks) are called at special places  while MTA is executing on one  or
 more files.  The user  can 'hook  into' the  process when  one or  more
 exits are defined in MTA.CTL.

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ RegistrationName [name]                                             │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Usage : This option  has only a meaning  when you received a  key after
         you registered MTA.  In ANY OTHER  case (non registered  usage)
         you must NOT include this option.

 Relate: None
 Dest. : All



 3.4 Diskette option
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 One of  the benefits  of MTA  is its  power to  convert diskettes  with
 great ease. This  method is only  functioning properly when  you have a
 PC with both floppy (FDU) and hard-disk (HDU).

 Most  users  with  hard-disks  will   have  a  collection  of   archive
 diskettes,  containing  their  (less)  used  software. When new archive
 systems are released  (or newer versions),  conversion of the  complete
 collection is sometimes needed (or wanted).

 You must activate MTA's diskette option with the /D switch. If you  do,
 MTA will start a conversion  cycle that can be interrupted  by pressing
 [ESC] when the next  diskette is finished. It  can be repeated for  the
 next diskette  when you  insert this  diskette into  the drive and when
 you press [ENTER].

 Which steps does MTA take to convert a diskette:

 - MTA  will read  all files  (the ones  matching the wildcard, normally
   you use the *.*  wildcard to select them  all) and will detect  which
   files are archives or not;

 - MTA will move (copy + delete) the archives to the directory that  you
   assigned  to  the  FDUTempPath  option.  If  you  also  supplied  the
   AllDisketteFiles option, MTA will also move all non-archive files  to
   that directory;

 - MTA  will convert  all archives  inside the  FDUTempPath directory to
   the new system or the higher release;

 - The exit ExitBeforeFill is called,  so you can do something with  the
   (empty if AllDisketteFiles was set) diskette (like a reformat);

 - Now  MTA will  sort the  converted (and  non-archive) files  based on
   size.  It  will  start  a  copy  for  each file, from the FDUTempPath
   directory (back) to  the diskette until  one of the  following events
   happens:

   - The diskette is full before the  last file is copied.  This can  be
     the  case  when  the  target  system  has  created  bigger files (a
     negative reduction); - The files are all moved;

   Depending on the type of event above, MTA will do the following:

   - When there are still files  left to copy back, MTA will  move these
     files to the directory you assigned in the FDUTrashPath option;

   - When all  files were moved  back to the  diskette and the  diskette
     still contains free space (you  had a positive reduction on  one or
     more archives), MTA  will look if  there is/are (a)  file(s) in the
     FDUTrashPath directory  that fit  on the  diskette. If  so, it will
     copy this(these) file(s) until the diskette is full or until  there
     are  no  files  left  that  will  fit  into  the  free space on the
     diskette;

 - MTA will now execute the ExitAfterFill EXIT if set;

 - MTA will ask for next diskette (or you press [ESC] to terminate);

 Please notice  that it  is possible  that MTA  leaves some files inside
 the FDUTrashPath  directory after  it has  finished. If  the number  of
 files  is  getting  to  big  (or  there  are  no more diskettes left to
 convert), insert an empty diskette in  the FDU and run MTA with  the /D
 option. Because  there are  no files  to convert,  MTA will  move files
 from the FDUTrashPath directory to this empty diskette. You can  repeat
 this  until  the  lower  threshold  is  reached  or until all files are
 moved.

 One final  word. As  you have  noticed (I  hope) you  can add unlimited
 power to  MTA's diskette  option with  the 'Before'  and 'After' exits.
 These  can  be  used  to  reformat  the diskette or something else (the
 'Before'  exit)  and/or  to  re-catalog  your  diskette  when you use a
 disk-catalog program (the 'After' exit).



 3.5 KeyBoard control
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 When MTA is executing you have control over some keyboard functions.

 When you  press [ESC]  (escape button),  MTA will  terminate AFTER  the
 current files is converted. When you  did hit [ESC] but you would  like
 to continue after all, you can do  so by hitting any other key.   Using
 the [ESC] key is not available  when you execute MTA with the  diskette
 option (/D).

 When you press [S], MTA will  start a DOS-shell, the moment it  is save
 to do so. This can be anywhere in the conversion phase. MTA will  place
 you in the  directory you started  MTA from. NEVER  alter files in  the
 temporary directory MTA  has created if  you do not  know what you  are
 doing. Also pressing  any other key  after [S], releases  the DOS-shell
 option as with [ESC].

 Pressing [T]  will cause  MTA to  toggle the  statistical display  from
 static  to  dynamic  mode  or  the  other  way around, depending on the
 default settings  (AltDisplay option).  You can  toggle as  much as you
 like while MTA is running. If you  run in a special text mode that  has
 more than  110 characters  for each  line, the  [T] button  is disabled
 because all possible screens are displayed.



 3.6 Running multiple copies of MTA at the same time
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 You ARE able to  execute multiple copies of  MTA at the same  time when
 you run a network or  a multitasking environment like DesqView  <tm> or
 MS-Windows <tm>.

 To  make  it  possible  for  MTA  to  execute concurrent, you take some
 special actions:

 - If you use the SubstDrive option, you must make sure you use as  many
   drive-letters in this option as you are going to run multiple  copies
   of MTA;

 - Make  sure  the  LASTDRIVE  option  is set along with the  SubstDrive
   option;

 - Make sure  you have SHARE.EXE  loaded in your  machine. Without SHARE
   MTA will make a mess of things (SURE !);

 - Make sure  that you run  all the concurrent  copies of MTA,  all with
   their  own  TASK-number.  You  assign  a  task  number with the /TASK
   command-line option. If  you forget this,  MTA will crash  because it
   will try to use the same substituted drive for each different task;

 After you have setup  MTA in the way  I described above, MTA  will give
 protection for some resources:

 - MTA will protect all the files it uses INTERNALLY;

 - All  log-files  (if  they  are  the  same in all copies of MTA),  all
   temporary  files,  all  directories  and  all  substituted drives are
   either unique to the task or SHARE'ed with all other tasks;

 - All  external files  (like the  FILES.BBS-alike files)  are protected
   when  they  are  altered.  This  means  that these files are SHARE'ed
   within the  multiple copies  of MTA  but also  with other  tasks that
   have SHAREing options like SOME Bulletin Board Systems;

 - When  two MTA's  want to  access the  same file  at the same time and
   with different attributes (one WRITE,  one READ for example), one  of
   the tasks will wait until the  file is released again. To over-  come
   problems with 'eternal  waits' (called deadlocks)  you can in-  stall
   an option in MTA.CTL that will manage the maximum time MTA will  wait
   before aborting. Waiting for allocation  of a file, will also  be the
   case  with  external  files,  provided  the  'other'  task  has  used
   SHAREing attributes with the open of that file. If you want to  abort
   the waiting (and MTA along the way), you can press [CTRL-E]. In  that
   case the 'deadlock' is released an MTA will abort;

 Some resources can NOT be protected by MTA:

 - MTA  will NOT  manage anything  that happens  within the  shell's. So
   when  the  (de)compressors  run  or  when  you  are within one of the
   supplied exits,  the called  program has  to manage  the SHAREing  by
   itself.

 It is almost stupid to say,  but be sure to convert different  files in
 each of the copies  of MTA. Letting two  or more copies of  MTA convert
 the same files, will cause  trouble. Though SHAREing is managed,  there
 could be  cases where  MTA is  waiting for  a file  (it will do so) and
 when this MTA gets the 'GO' signal, the file could be gone  (temporary)
 because one of the other copies of MTA is working on that file.

 Running  multiple  MTA's   in  a  multitasking   environment  works but
 there is a  big tradeoff. When  you don't have  enough 'power' on  your
 machine,  running  two  concurrent   copies  could  take   as  long  as
 serially running these copies.  (De)compressors  are  in the  habit  to
 eat lots  of your cycles. The multi-tasker also wants to have a  little
 snack and all   are eating   more  food   than  the   PC  can   supply,
 causing  delays,    low performance and   so on.  I  have  tested  with
 several machines, but you need  at  least a   true 386-25  (or a   very
 fast  286, like  a 20Mh)  or  higher to get  good results. But  in  the
 world  where these options  of MTA   are   needed,  machine-power    is
 usually  available. Also,  when you  run   MTA   concurrent  and    you
 use   only  the   /SIM   option, performance  is  not  so  very    much
 affected  because   MTA will only perform  a decompress (usually   this
 is very   fast).  This is the    case when you  run    MTA as  an  exit
 under some  BBS program (like FileDoor <tm>).


 3.7 Compression of single executable files (PKLITE)
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 With this version  of MTA, you  can also use  MTA to do  conversions of
 executable files to compressed  (self contained) executable files  with
 PKLITE. This feature merely comes as a bonus to the program.

 MTA's main  goal is  to convert  archives from  a certain  system to  a
 system you  like. The  compression of  EXE/COM files  can be  used as a
 separate function.

 Most of the  MTA.CTL statements have  no meaning to  this type of  con-
 version. You  can setup  MTA to  do nothing  BUT conversion  of COM/EXE
 files when  you set  the CompressionType  option to  PKLITE or UNPKLITE
 but in this case you only use around 10% of the programs functions.

 In most cases you setup  MTA to do a archive-to-archive  conversion and
 you set CompressionType to the system  you like. If you have setup  MTA
 like this (along with all possible  options), you can still use MTA  to
 convert  COM/EXE  files  by  including   /PKLITE  or  /UNPKLITE  as   a
 command-line parameter when you call  MTA. MTA will ignore all  options
 that have  nothing to  do with  the conversion  of executable files and
 will convert COM/EXE files from normal to PKLITE or back.

 I did not  include LZEXE because  the latest version  I have seen  can,
 only convert from normal to LZEXE'ed and not back.  There are  programs
 that can do the reversed (LZEXE'ed to normal) but there are at least  3
 I have seen and I can not create a protected and generalized  interface
 to all of them  (also because 2 of  them come as a  shell and not as  a
 stand-alone program). This does not  mean that MTA is not  LZEXE-aware.
 When  selecting  files,  MTA  takes  into  account if a COM/EXE file is
 already compressed with LZEXE (0.90 or 0.91) and will skip the file  in
 that case. When decompressing,  MTA will only select  PKLITE-compressed
 COM/EXE files.

 When  you  run  MTA  without  any  file-mask,  but  WITH the /PKLITE or
 /UNPKLITE  option  (or  CompressionType  set  to  one  of  both),   the
 tag-window will also change and  will only display available files  for
 this type compression.

 A file is available (and usable by MTA) for PKLITE if:

 - It is a COM or EXE file;

 - If it is not compressed with PKLITE, LZEXE 0.90 or LZEXE 0.91;

 - If  it is  not a  self-extracting archive  (SFX) of  any of the known
   archive systems;

 A file is available (and usable by MTA) for UNPKLITE if:

 - It is a COM or EXE file;

 - It is compressed with PKLITE;


 3.8 The MTA tag-window
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 When you  run MTA  without any  file-masks on  the command-line,  a tag
 menu is displayed. In this tag-menu  you have the option to tag  inside
 only ONE directory. A mix of files in several different directories  is
 impossible then you use the full-screen tag.

 When the  tag-menu is  displayed, you  CAN switch  to other directories
 and even to  other drives. If  one or more  of the displayed  drives is
 not  available  (not  ready,  door  open,  unformatted  disk) it can be
 selected but the  tag-window will ignore  it after it  has detected any
 error on that drive. In that case you must select another drive.

 When you  start MTA  with SFX  support (so  you include self extracting
 archives), all files  with abnormal extensions  and COM/EXE files  that
 are  SFX-files,  will  be  included.  The  testing  will  take a while,
 depending on the speed of the drive and the machine you have.

 If you start MTA with the PKLITE or UNPKLITE option, all available  AND
 usable files are  displayed (so only  decompressed executable files  or
 executable files, compressed with PKLITE).

 If you start MTA with the GIFLITE option, all available GIF files  that
 are not  already processed  by GIFLITE  (AND which  are valid  for MTA,
 based on the MaxGIFDim option) will be shown.

 If you start MTA with the GIF option, all available GIF files  that are
 present will be shown (normal AND GIFLITE).

 If  you  start  MTA  with  the  GIF2JPG option, all available GIF files
 (again with respect  to the MaxGifDim  option) are displayed.  When you
 used the JPG2GIF option, MTA will only show (all available) JPG files.



 3.9 MTA and unattended operations
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 There are a number of options that influence the way that MTA works  in
 unattended mode. Most of them you  can find out when the need  is there
 but some must be pointed out.

 In most cases  you will do  an unattended MTA  on the same  directories
 each time over and over. First I must point out the way you must  setup
 MTA to work in the right directories. This can be done in one of the  3
 following ways:

 - Put the  MTA in a  batch-file, change to  the right directory  before
   you call  MTA and  call MTA  with its  options (see  later). You  can
   repeat this for every directory. For example:

   ..
   ..
   D:
   CD \ZIP1
   MTA [parameters]
   E:
   CD \ZIP2
   MTA [parameters]
   ..
   ..

   To work on \ZIP1 on D: and \ZIP2 on E:;

 - Make the batch smaller and  use DefaultPath options in MTA.CTL.   You
   include DefaultPath  D:\ZIP1 and  DefaultPath E:\ZIP2  in MTA.CTL and
   you can reduce the previous batch to:

   ..
   ..
   MTA [parameters]
   ..
   ..

   To work on those two directories again;

 - You  would like  to run  MTA on  all your  directories of  a BBS. MTA
│  supports a number of BBS types. You include the  BBSPaths  option  in
│  MTA.CTL and inside the batch-file you perform:

   ..
   ..
   MTA [parameters]
   ..
   ..

   And MTA will work on all files in all BBS directories.

 Now the next problem. You must tel  MTA to work on some files. You  can
 do this in two different ways:

 - Use file-masks for [parameters].  In the previous examples you  could
   tell MTA to convert  all *.ZIP and *.LZH  files (ARJ is your  target)
   with  'MTA  *.ZIP  *.LZH'  and  MTA  will convert all *.ZIP and *.LZH
   files in the supplied directories;

 - Use  the MarkString  and NoMarked  options (or  /MAS and  /MAR on the
   command-line).  This is a better option. In the previous example  you
   would have  problems when  someone uploaded  a *.LZS  or *.ARC  file.
   These would  not be  converted. If  you used  *.* ALL  files would be
   converted   even    those   that    you   converted    earlier    !!!
   NoMarked can be used to tell  MTA only to convert files that  confirm
   to the supplied mask AND that  are not converted before. So with  the
   NoMarked and MarkString options set,  the call to MTA can  be changed
   to 'MTA  *.*'. Only  those files  that are  not converted  before are
   converted and will not be converted again until you set the  NoMarked
   option to OFF;

 - Use the OnlyNewFiles option (see the description of this option);

 Finally there are  some options that  you must change  or include. When
 you run MTA  in unattended mode  but you don't  want MTA to  run longer
 than a  certain amount  of time  (BBS events  !!) you  can include  the
 RunTime option to limit the number of minutes that MTA can run.

 Remember that MTA  will start in  a new archive  even when 1  second is
 left, so  you can  outrun the  RunTime by  the time  that your  machine
 needs to convert the last archive.

 Sometimes you can  get frequent warnings  on some files.  In unattended
 mode these  warnings won't  be seen,  neither do  you want  to hear the
 beeping, so put a value of  0 to the WarningTime option. All  important
 things are logged (when you put  on the logging). You can also  use the
 NoBeep option to  make the execution  of MTA more  quiet. When you  run
 MTA  as  an  exit  under  a  door  (FileDoor <tm>), you should keep the
 WarningTime option (set to 1 or  higher) and you should use the  NoBeep
 option. If you set  Warningtime to 0 in  this case, the user  won't see
 any error messages !

 REMEMBER. ALWAYS include  a file-mask. To  call MTA without  parameters
 in unattended mode will force MTA  to display the tag-menu and to  wait
 until you enter the files.



 3.10 TICK files and related material
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 As you know by now, there are several options that deal with TICK  (and
 its  clone  FES)  files.  I  won't  go  into the TICKFILES option. This
 option is described in detail in the CTL-section and is only  important
 with incoming files.

 It  becomes  different  with  TICK/FES  files  that  are  outbound ! In
 general you  have the  following problems  when you  run MTA over files
 that are also the subject of an outgoing TICK/FES file:

 - The messages that are generated by TICK and FES, contain the name  of
   the archive. With a conversion from  ARC to ZIP, this will cause  the
   file to be renamed from A.ARC  to A.ZIP but the messages generated by
   TICK/FES still contain A.ARC !

 - The TICK/FES files  ALSO contain the name  A.ARC, so that is  another
   problem;

 - The TICK/FES files also contain  the CRC of the A.ARC file.  Obvious,
   when you convert  A.ARC to A.ZIP,  the CRC will  also be changed  but
   the TICK/FES files still contain the old CRC;

 MTA  can  deal  with  all  these  problems.  You  must  use a number of
 special options to  do so  (using  them  will cause  some overhead   on
 MTA)  but after implementing them,  you won't  have any trouble  with a
 conversion of  a file  that   is also  subject of   a TICK/FES file. In
 general, these options can also deal with other products than  TICK/FES
 if they  work in the same way.

 The following options must be set and will do the following:

 - UpdateTICKFiles and/or UpdateFESFiles
   You can add up  to 10 of EACH  options all pointing to  file-masks in
   certain directories. When you have set  up the BBS is a way  that you
   support different  TICK/FES outbound  directories for  different nets
   (or zones), you must point to all of them, for example:

   UpDateTickFiles D:\MAILER\OUTBOUND\TICZONE1\*.TIC
   UpDateFESFiles  D:\MAILER\OUTBOUND\TICZONE1\*.FES
   UpDateTickFiles D:\MAILER\OUTBOUND\TICZONE2\*.TIC
   UpDateTickFiles D:\MAILER\OUTBOUND\TICZONE5\*.TIC

   When A.ARC is  converted  to  A.ZIP, MTA will   scan ALL these  files
   in the  supplied directories  and search   for hits  for A.ARC.  When
   found, A.ARC  is changed  in A.ZIP.   The TICK/FES  files are changed
   as binary  files. MTA  reads up  to 16K  of data  per file and does a
   search  on   the  changed  item.  As  a   result  of this, it  is NOT
   possible  to   use  these  options  when  the   file-name  length  is
   changed. So  a   conversion from  A.MD to  A.ARC and  reversed is NOT
   supported. The changed  files  don't  have  to   be  TICK/FES   files
   but  these  files contain the filename (obvious).  If  your   product
   also  creates  a  file  with a filename inside, MTA can still  do the
   job !

 Now  you  have  a choice either to use the UpdateUntypedFiles option OR
 the UpdateMSGFiles option. The choice depends on the number of messages
 that are  normally  inside the MSG-directory. If this are many messages
 (100 or more), you  should  use  the UpdateMSGFiles option. If it are a
 small number of messages, you should use the UpdateUntypedFiles option.
 The UpdateUntypedFiles  option  will update very fast but will slowdown
 MTA when there are many files (*.MSG files in this case) to search thru
 after each conversion. The  UpdateMSGFiles  is somewhat slower than the
 UpdateUntypedFiles  option  but will benefit from the fact that it only
 has to search ALL  messages  ONCE and will then update ONLY THE RELATED
 files. I will describe both:

 - UpdateUntypedFiles
   You can add up to 10 of these options. In our TICK/FES example,  this
   option must point to the  netmail directory (outbound) be- cause  the
   *.MSG files must also be changed. For example:

   UpDateUntypedFiles D:\MAILER\OUTBOUND\TICZONE1\*.MSG
   UpDateUntypedFiles D:\MAILER\OUTBOUND\TICZONE2\*.MSG
   UpDateUntypedFiles D:\MAILER\OUTBOUND\TICZONE5\*.MSG

   MTA will do the same with these files (obvious they are the  outbound
   messages). This option differs from  the previous 2 in the  fact that
   UpdateTICKFiles and UpdateFESFiles ALSO  change the CRC (32-bit  CRC)
   of the files and this option ONLY the file names;

 - UpdateMSGFiles
   You can add up to 255 of these options. In our TICK/FES example, this
   option must point to the netmail directory (outbound) where the *.MSG
   files will be. For example:

   UpDateMSGFiles D:\MAILER\OUTBOUND\TICZONE1\
   UpDateMSGFiles D:\MAILER\OUTBOUND\TICZONE2\
   UpDateMSGFiles D:\MAILER\OUTBOUND\TICZONE5\

   The result  of  these  options  will  be  the same as in the previous
   example  for  the  UpdateUntypedFiles  option  BUT  will  work  in  a
   different  way.  Where  UpdateUntypedFiles  will scan ALL *.MSG files
   after EVERY  converted  files  (this  can  slow down the process when
   there are MANY messages to  search thru), UpdateMSGFiles will work in
   he following way:

   - When MTA starts, MTA will  look  in ALL CONFIGURES message areas (3
     in the case of our previous example, can be up to 255);

   - For  every  area  whete there is at least ONE message found with an
     attached  file, MTA will create a record in a special file which is
     called  MTA$$$$$.MFA  (in  the  current  directory or the directory
     pointed to by the MTATEMPPATH option);

   - Each  record can contain information for message numbers 1 to 65000
     which would be enough;

   - Now AFTER  the  conversion  of EVERY file, MTA will search thru the
     MTA$$$$$.MFA file and  will  only  try  to change the messages that
     have attached  files  in  the message. The change will only be done
     when the filename of the  old file (f.i. A.ARC) will match the name
     in the message;

   - Before  termination, MTA  will  delete the MTA$$$$$.MFA file again;

   With this  flow  of  action, MTA will only have to check the messages
   that have files attached to them, which will normally be only a small
   percentage of the total number of messages.


 When you use the UpdateTICKFiles/UpdateFESFiles options in combination
 with the UpdateUntypedFiles/UpdateMSGFiles options to update your TICK
 or FES files (incomming and outgoing), you  should also set one of the
 two related options UpdateUntypedFULL or UpdateMSGFull.

 DON'T   use   this   options   when   you   don't  work with a TICK/FES
 alike  complex.    When   UpdateTICKFiles      and/or    UpdateFESFiles
 options    are present  in   MTA.CTL, MTA   will ALWAYS   calculate the
 32-bit CRC of the  source  and   the  target.   This  causes   overhead
 when there are never updates for  TICK or  FES files.  The 32-bit   CRC
 is  fast but on a big number of  files  it will still  count ! If   you
 have TICK  or FES files that  are BIGGER than 16K, please  contact  me.
 I can change MTA   to make it compatible with  files up to 64K, but  it
 will cause memory  overhead.   Only when  your seen-by   lines are   to
 many  to mention, these problems will occur !



 3.11 FES, yet another TICK-clone ?
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 By now you will  have seen the   word FES  several  times. In zone   2,
 net 24x, most  of the  people know  FES. FES  looks like  a  TICK-clone
 but  implements  some  nice  features   (including  its  own  type   of
 communication files,  called  *.FES)  that  are  not  found  in   TICK.
 FES  is   already  released    but   development    goes    on.    Most
 eye-catching   is the  HATCH procedure  that gives  you a user-friendly
 interface between your   files, FILES.BBS (in  AND out) and   yourself.
 FES can optionally create  FES or TICK files for a given node.

 If TICK is  all you want,  stay with   TICK or take  a peek at  FES. If
 you are doing distribution yourself  (so adding new files to  a chain),
 like I do,  FES could  be it.   Also, if  you have  nodes that  want  a
 large number  of files   from certain  area's,   FES can  also  come in
 handy  and there is even a FESFix option to obtain files from remote.

 FES can be  obtained from several  german BBS's and  the author can  be
 contacted thru FidoNet.



 3.12 Special ARC considerations
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 There  are   a  few   special  ARC-files.   These  are   the files that
 are normally created with a clone of ARC or with ARC 7.xx (or  whatever
 SEA likes  to  call  it).  In  MOST  cases,  these  archives  can   not
 be decompressed   with  ARC,   PAK  or   PKUNPAK  but   need a  special
 kind of program.

 So far  I   have NO  information   about SEA's  new   archiver and that
 will stay  that  way   unless  either  SEA   or  someone else can  give
 me full details  about  the   operation  of  this  program. Until  that
 time, SEA  eXtended   (7.xx)   archives   will   NOT   be  supported as
 OUTPUT (target) files.

 There  ARE  is  a   special  program  that  is   able  to EXTRACT these
 special type of   archives. It   is called   XARC.EXE and   is released
 by SEA  for PD/Shareware  (??) usage.  XARC   must be  executed without
 any parameters and  is therefore not  suitable to be  included in MTA's
 ARCPath option !

 The same  story goes  for some   very old  types of  archives that  are
 more or  less compatible  to the  older   ARC. An  example is the older
 ARCA and its counterpart  ARCE but  these files  will, in  general,  be
 available for decompress with ARC, PAK or PKUNPAK.

 From  my  point  of  view,  it  is  very difficult to support all these
 non-standard formats.   But to make  it more flexible,  I have included
 ONE options  that makes  it possible  to use  a special  un-arc program
 that will be used  for all ARC-alike archives.   You could even call  a
 special  shell  program  that  can  see  the  difference  between   all
 ARC-formats  (I  do  NOT  mean  the  difference  between  ARC,  PAK and
 PKUNPAK, MTA  can see  this for  itself) and  calls the  correct un-ARC
 procedure for  the supplied  archives.   This option  is the  UNARCPath
 option.   The program  that is  supplied in  this option  will ONLY  be
 called   for    DECOMPRESSION   and    is   called    as    PROGRAM.EXT
 DRIVE:\PATH\ARCHIVEN.AME  (no  options,  only   the  archive  and   its
 location is presented in the call).

 The  UNARCPATH  option  is  designed  to  be used with XARC.EXE or with
 ARCE.EXE/ARCE.COM when you don't expect eXtended SEA archives !

 If you include the following:

 ARCPATH   C:\ARC\ARC.EXE  [rest of MTA-parameters]
 UNARCPATH C:\ARC\XARC.EXE [rest of MTA-parameters]

 The following will happen  when MTA is called  to convert A.ARC to  the
 ARC format:

 - XARC.EXE (or its substitute) is called for decompress;
 - ARC.EXE  (or its substitute) is called for compress;

 The following will happen  when MTA is called  to convert A.ARC to  the
 ZIP (or any NON-ARC) format:

 - XARC.EXE  (or its substitute) is called for decompress;
 - PKZIP.EXE (or its substitute) is called for compress;

 Now the same  sequences without UNARCPath  set and without  XARC.EXE in
 your DOS-path:

 - ARC.EXE  (or its substitute) is called for decompress;
 - ARC.EXE  (or its substitute) is called for compress;

 and

 - ARC.EXE   (or its substitute) is called for decompress;
 - PKZIP.EXE (or its substitute) is called for compress;

 The latter can  result in errors  when A.ARC is  a SEA eXtended  (7.xx)
 archive. The first examples will run fine !

 If you think this is all, then read on. It will become rather messy.
 In their development, NoGate (PAK) and SEA (ARC) have both found it
 the correct procedure to keep the internal archive format the same
 (understandable, you will be backward compatible), but they both use
 the archive version-number 10 (and maybe higher on SEA's format, but
 information is not available to me) for their extended format. In the
 NoGate version, 10 is crushed, in the SEA format, 10 is something else
 (eXtended in any case because XARC can decompress it). Now see what
 happens with A.ARC (an eXtended archive, containing 10 files, created
 with ARC 7.xx):

 - A.ARC contains 10 files all with code 10;

 - Code 10 is PAK crushed;

 - PAK.EXE with extract is called to decompress the archive;

 - The  result is  an archive  in error  and not  converted because  PAK
   terminates with error 'CRC error in data' or something else;

 Nothing can keep me from thinking that the same COULD also be the  case
 for code 11 (NoGate destilled, SEA  whatever) or even higher !   In any
 case it is a complete mess and  about 10K of coding in MTA is  consumed
 by these  little jokes.  The actual  victims are  the users who receive
 ARC 7.xx files AND PAK files.  Our dear friends in the SDN/SDS  circuit
 to name but a few !

 MTA fixes the problem with the ARC-version 10 and 11 with a rather  Q&D
 solution.  When  PAKPath  AND  UNARCPath  are available in MTA.CTL, MTA
 will  first  call  PAK  with  the  T  (test)  option.  If the resulting
 errorlevel is  not 0,  MTA will  use the  program you  supplied in  the
 UNARCPath option  (e.g. XARC.EXE).  If the  resulting errorlevel equals
 0, MTA will use  the program you supplied  in the PAKPath option  (e.g.
 PAK.EXE).

 When the PAKPAth option is NOT available and PAK.EXE is not in the  DOS
 path but A.ARC  contains files with  archive-code 10, MTA  will use the
 program supplied in UNARCPATH by default, EVEN when A.ARC was a  NoGate
 archive with crushed  files (in which  case the decompress  will result
 in an error).  When the PAKPath  option IS available  but the UNARCPath
 option is NOT, A.ARC will be  marked as a NoGate archive (even  when it
 is SEA  eXtended) and  the program  supplied in  the PAKPath  option is
 used (resulting in an  error when A.ARC was  SEA eXtended).  When  BOTH
 are NOT supplied,  MTA will give  an error because  neither PAKPath nor
 UNARCPath are present.

 The special  dirty tricks  that must  be executed  on these  files will
 result  in  somewhat  overhead  but  should  work full-proof. Because I
 dislike 2 versions per  day, I do the  same with archives that  contain
 only ARC-version 11 files). Normal  users should not use the  UNARCPath
 option  UNLESS  they  got  trouble.  SDS/SDN  sysops will have no other
 choice than to include them (in general).

 You can make up your own mind about all these special tricks that  must
 be executed to serialize an archive  in the correct way. I myself  find
 it rather strange that these mixups are created in the first place.


 3.13 Using newer versions of archivers
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 Once in a while you receive new versions of the archivers that you  use
 (or don't use). In  some cases, it is  quit a risk to  start converting
 all  files  to  the  new  version  (certainly  when  you  receive  beta
 versions) and in some other cases  you would like to see if  a specific
 new option is indeed working and giving you the expected result.

 UNLESS the  internal format  of the  archive is  changed, MTA  can work
 with a ALTernate set of  archive-program versions. This comes in  handy
 when you want to test the new version on various files but in the  mean
 while  you  would  like  to  convert  all  other  files  with the older
 version.

 All you have to do is the following:

 - Rename the new version (for example, you receive PKZIP/PKUNZIP  2.0ß,
   in  which  case   you  could  rename   PKZIP.EXE  to  P2ZIP.EXE   and
   PKUNZIP.EXE to P2UNZIP.EXE);

 - Alter the xxxPath option(s) in MTA.CTL. You must add the path to  the
   new version as the LAST parameter in the option. In this example  you
   add the path, C:\ARC\P2ZIP.EXE to  the PKZIPPath option and also  you
   add  C:\ARC\P2UNZIP.EXE  to  the  PKUNZIPPath  option. They will look
   something like:

   PKZIPPath   C:\ARC.PKZIP.EXE   N 200 C:\ARC\P2ZIP.EXE
   PKUNZIPPath C:\ARC.PKUNZIP.EXE N 200 C:\ARC\P2UNZIP.EXE

   You can do this for each and every archiver (GIF-conversion  program)
   you use;

 - Alter the xxxVersion option in  MTA.CTL. You must add the version  of
   the new release as the second parameter to the xxxVersion  option(s).
   In the example, you  normally use PKZIP 1.10  and will start to  test
   the PKZIP 2.01. In  this case you change  ZIPVersion so it will  have
   both values showed (ZIPVersion 110 201);

 When you are finished with the  changes, you can execute MTA as  normal
 to get  the 'normal'  versions of  all archivers.  When you execute MTA
 with  the  (optional)  /ALT  command-line  parameter,  MTA will look if
 there is  a second  path available  inside the  xxxPath option and will
 use THAT one.  If it is  not set, MTA  will use the  original path from
 this option (e.g. there is no new version present). After this  routine
 is  finished,  MTA  will  look  if  there  is a second value set in the
 xxxVersion. If so, MTA will use that one, otherwise the original  value
 (or the default value) is used. With our example and in short:

 MTA *.*         will convert files, using  PKZIP/PKUNZIP (1.10)    when
                 needed, to the format you have set;

 MTA *.* /ALT    will  convert files, using  P2ZIP/P2UNZIP (2.01)   when
                 needed, to the format you have set;


 3.14 Lo-tek functions, calling MTA as shell under MTA
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA can only call itself as  a  child (to work on arc-in-arc files). If
 you try to run MTA as a shell  of  MTA (e.g. you press [S] to shell out
 if MTA and start MTA again),  you will get a message and the second MTA
 will abort.

 This coding is present for a  various  number of reasons (one of the is
 the usage of SUBST functions). If  for  some reason these functions can
 not be used, MTA will give a 'lo-tek' warning  and will perform various
 other tests  to  make  sure  that  it's  own working-environment is not
 trashed by other tasks.


 3.15 TEC files
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 With every release, one or more *.TEC files will be supplied. These TEC
 files will each go deeper into some delicate subjects. The TEC files
 are based upon the most frequently asked questions. These problems can
 range from examples for simple setups to discussions about comments in
 archives.

 ┌───────┬─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │   4   │ Runtime information                                         │
 └───────┴─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

 4.1 Command-line parameters
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 Most of  the information  that MTA  needs is  obtained from the MTA.CTL
 configuration  file.  When  you  want  to  change  one (or some) of the
 options temporary, you can use command-line parameters to do so.

 The syntax to start execution of MTA is:

 MTA {filespec} {filespec}..{filespec} {CMD} {CMD}..{CMD}

 {filespec} is  the  optional  wildcard  (or complete filename) you  can
            supply. You can supply up  to 25 {filespec} values. You  can
            use the normal DOS  wildcards AND the special  wildcard that
            is supplied in  almost ALL DISP-programs.  This is the  '='.
            This wildcard  can be  used for  a shifted  test. =MTA  will
            select  files   with  the   names  doMTA.bat,   MTAtest.zip,
            newMTA.me. If you want to  include the '.', you MUST  supply
            it in the wildcard. =A.Z will include mtaA.Zip and so on.

            If you do  not supply a  {filespec} a full-screen  menu will
            be  shown.  This  menu  can  be  used to select files in ONE
            directory.

 {CMD}      You  can  (optionally)   supply  one  or more   command-line
            options  when  you  execute  MTA.  Some  of  the work like a
            toggle, some  of the  overrule options  in MTA.CTL,  some of
            them can only switch on or off in MTA.CTL.

            In general, the /STOSIZ, /STOCOM and /STONAM toggles work in
            the old-fashioned way, command-line options that work like a
            toggle, can be supplied in two different ways:

            - /CMDOPT
              With this format  you  reverse  (toggle) the option in the
              MTA.CTL file  but  you need to know for sure in what state
              the option  in  MTA.CTL  is. In  other  words, if  the FOO
              option  is set in  MTA.CTL, /FOO will switch is off. If it
              was off in MTA.CTL, /FOO will switch it to on;

            - /CMDOPT+ or /CMDOPT-
              With  this  format  you can explicitly switch an option on
              (with /COMOPT+)  or off (with /CMDOPT-). You don't need to
              know in what state the option in MTA.CTL is;

            The three switches mentioned earlier (/STONAM, /STOSIZ and
            /STOCOM) work in the old way (+ or - is NOT possible). This
            is the result of the extended format (where a name can be
            supplied along with the command-line option).

            A  command-line  parameter  must  start  with a slash ('/').
            Multiple command-line parameters  must be separated  with at
            least one  space. If  the command-line  parameter has  extra
            values, the  must follow  the parameter  itself WITHOUT  any
            spaces between the command-line parameter and the value.  If
            the value must  include spaces, you  must replace them  with
            the underscore character. So if you use the /M  command-line
            option to move files to C:\ZIP, you must supply /MC:\ZIP;

 The following command-line options are available and can be used:

 4.1.1 Command-line parameters that stand on their own
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 The following command-line  parameters can be  used (in special  cases)
 and they don't have any counterpart in MTA.CTL.


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /?                                                                  │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : Using /? will  activate MTA's help system. When  this system
            is invoked, no conversion will be possible. You are shown  a
            screen where  all command-line  options are  described.  You
            can now hit the [ENTER] key and you will have the option  to
            setup the  calling sequence  for MTA.  You can  do this  for
            different options until  you have all  the options you  need
            (so you can read about  the option and its syntax  while you
            can write  it down  in the  help-screen's little note-book).
            When you have finished (use  [ESC]), the system will make  a
            batch-file, called GOMTA.BAT  with all this  options inside.
            You can  start this  batch-file (and  you can  even add some
            extra parameters to it);

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /CTL[path]                                                          │
 │ /CTL[file]                                                          │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : By default,  MTA will use MTA.CTL  IF the file is  somewhere
            in  the  DOS  path  (DOS  2.x  and  higher),  in the current
            directory (all DOS versions)  or in the directory  where the
            MTA.EXE file resides (DOS  3.x and higher). If  your MTA.CTL
            does not  follow this  conventions OR  you want  to assign a
            different name for it OR  you want to use an  alternate file
            for special tasks, you can instruct MTA to use this file  if
            you supply the /CTL command-line parameter. It comes in  two
            forms. Either  you supply  a complete  path (eg.  the drive,
            directory and filename, or you just supply the filename,  if
            MTA is able to  find it in the  same was as it  can find the
            MTA.CTL (path, current directory, executed directory).

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /TASKnn                                                             │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : If you  want to run multiple  (concurrent) runs of MTA,  you
            must  supply  a  task-number  to  each  of  the concurrently
            running  tasks.  By  default,  MTA  assumes that is will run
            stand alone. If  this is not  the case, you  must supply the
            /TASK switch  with a  task-number from  01 to  99. Each con-
            currently running MTA must have a different task-number !

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /LVL0                                                               │
 │ /LVL1                                                               │
 │ /LVL2                                                               │
 │ /LVL3                                                               │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : There are several  command-line parameters that can be  used
            to  limit  (extend)  the  search  for files to be converted.
            The set  of /LVLx  command-line parameters  can be  used (in
            combination with  the filemask(s))  to define  WHERE MTA has
            to look for files. They  can be used as command-line  driven
            replacement for some of the options in MTA.CTL  (DefaultPath
            to name one). The search is extended in the following way:

            /LVL0 : The  search will be  done in the  CURRENT directory.
                    This is the  same as NOT  using any DefaultPath  (or
                    alike) option in  MTA.CTL or using  /W when you  did
                    set these options.  It can be  overruled to run  MTA
                    from  the   command-line  for   just  the    current
                    directory without having  to change the  DefaultPath
                    (or alike) options in MTA.CTL;

            /LVL1 : With /LVL1,  MTA will  look in  all  sub-directories
                    under (NOT INCLUDING) the current directory;

            /LVL2 : With /LVL2,  MTA will  look in  all  sub-directories
                    under AND the current directory;

            /LVL3 : With /LVL3, MTA will search the whole CURRENT  drive
                    (all directories included);

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /@[path]                                                            │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : All  the  files  you  want  to  convert  can  be selected in
            several ways.  The usage  of the  /@ command-line  option is
            just  only  one  of  them.  [path]  must  point  to a drive,
            directory  and  filename  that  exists.  This file must be a
            ASCII flat-file  (created with  any normal  line-editor) and
            it must contain  one filename on  each line (any  drives and
            directories are stripped by MTA internally). All files  must
            reside  in  one  directory.  It  is allowed to use wildcards
            but, unlike the  masks you can  supply on the  command-line,
            the extension '.*' is NOT  added when you do not  supply any
            extension.   MTA  will  convert  all  these  files  (if they
            exist) after each  other. You can  use /@ when  the masks on
            the normal command-line would  exceed the maximum number  of
            bytes of a parameter list.

            As an extension  to  this  option, it is now also allowed to
            supply  various  files   with   directory-names  in  VARIOUS
            directories  (usage  for some popular programs that call MTA
            to convert archives). There  is  one  flaw. If  you use this
            format, MTA will search for all supplied files in ALL of the
            supplied directory, so:

            F:\ZIP\TEST.ZIP
            C:\TEST\WANTED.ARJ

            Will force MTA to convert TEST.ZIP and WANTED.ARJ in F:\ZIP
            and to convert TEST.ZIP and WANTED.ARJ in C:\TEST. Normally
            this is no problem  because only one of the two will reside
            in each directory.

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /IP[password]                                                       │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : With  MTA you can  convert encrypted files.  When you select
            such files, you MUST  supply the original password  that was
            used for encryption.  You can only  supply ONE password  for
            each  execution  of  MTA,  so  when you must convert various
            files with  various passwords,  you must  do so  in separate
            runs of MTA. The password that is needed for the  decompress
            of the input-file,  is supplied with  the /IP option.  There
            is (obvious) no counterpart in MTA.CTL;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /OP[password]                                                       │
 │ /OP@                                                                │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : It is possible to  let MTA create new archives that  will be
            encrypted with  a password.  In this  case, you  must supply
            the password  for the  target files,  which is  used as  the
            password for compression IF  the target system supports  any
            encryption in this way. Any target files with passwords  are
            (optionally)  recorded  in  a  log-file  (filename  and  the
            password). There is no counterpart in MTA.CTL BUT you  could
            use the xxxCompression options  to set a fixed  password (if
            needed).

            When you  use /OP  with a  password, you  can also  use some
            macros  inside  [password],  in  which  case  MTA  will do a
            substitution  of  the  macros.  The  following  macros   are
            available:

            $JD : Replaced by julian-date number. This is the number  of
                  days, counted from the  start of the year,  so January
                  31th  will  be  date-number  31,  February 2nd will be
                  number 33 and so on;

            $JY : Replaced by the  year-component. These are the last  2
                  bytes of the year (so 92 for 1992);

            $ND : The current day   (2 positions always);

            $NM : The current month (2 positions always);

            $NY : The current year  (4 positions always);

            $FN : The current filename (only name, not extension)

            /OP$JY$JDRvh will  create a  password of  92002Rvh when used
            on January  2nd 1992.  With this  macros you  can create any
            password you like, as long  as the target password (and  the
            supplied [password]) will NOT contain any spaces.

            /OP@ is a special form  of password usage for output  files.
            If you supply /OP@, MTA will generate a RANDOM password  for
            every file it  converts. In this  case the logging  of these
            passwords is mandatory otherwise you would never know  which
            passwords were assigned to which files. These IS some  usage
            for this option.  You can allow  users to download  ANYTHING
            from your system but they  can only use the files  when they
            obtain the  password in  another way  (by calling  you on  a
            separate line, by paying you in which case you can send  the
            passwords by mail etc.);

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /ALT                                                                │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : When you  have set  SPECIAL versions  of archivers (see  the
            xxxPath and xxxVersion options in MTA.CTL) that can be  used
            (on  request)  for  testing  or  swift  conversion,  you can
            select THESE  versions (which  are not  the normal versions)
            by  using  the  /ALT  command-line  parameter.  When /ALT is
            used, MTA will look if an alternate version of any  archiver
            is set and will, if set, this version (if needed). If  there
            is  no  special  version  set,  /ALT  will  cause the normal
            version to be  used. See the  chapter on using  new versions
            of archivers;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /SIM                                                                │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : This  option  can  be   used  to  execute  MTA in a kind  of
            simulate mode. For  each archive to  be converted, MTA  will
            do the following:

            - Decompress the file;
            - Scan for Virus;
            - Call exits;

            This option  comes in  handy when  you execute  MTA under  a
            door inside  a BBS  (FileDoor) to  look for  a virus  inside
            files,  the  moment  the  file  is  uploaded or to check you
            files  (without  a  convert)  when  a  new  virus-scanner is
            released.   There   is  no  counterpart   option  for   this
            command-line parameter in the MTA.CTL file;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /REMSIM                                                             │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : This option can be used to create a file called MTAVANSI.xxx
            (where xxx is equal  to the MTA-task number, by default this
            will be 001). After MTA  has  finished, you can use DOS TYPE
            to list the file. You  will see what otherwise a remote call
            would have seen when  MTA  would  have been used under a BBS
            door (like  FileDoor  <tm>). You  can  use several runs with
            /REMSIM to adjust  the  remote  colors  to  your own taste !

            If you do not delete the  MTAVANSI.xxx  file  yourself,  MTA
            will append to that  file  if  /REMSIM is used again and the
            file is still in place (by  default, MTA will place the file
            in the CURRENT directory).


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /DATE                                                               │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : This  option  can  be   used  to  execute  MTA in a kind  of
            simulate mode. For  each archive to  be converted, MTA  will
            do the following:

           - Test if the file matches any mask;

           - If it does,  test if the date  is lower than the  date that
             you supplied in the DelOldFiles option;

           - If it  does, manipulate the  file (delete, move)  depending
             on the DelOldPath option;

           This option  comes in  handy when  you execute  MTA to remove
           (without  conversion)  all  your  files  that  are too old to
           keep.

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /ANS[type]                                                          │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : When this  command-line parameter  is NOT  set AND MTA  will
            use remote  logging, MTA  will use  ANSI sequences.  This is
            also  the  case  when  you  code  any  value from 1 to 9 for
            [type].  If  you  use  the  value  0 for [type] MTA will use
            ASCII for remote logging;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /D{=d:}                                                             │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : With this parameter  you instruct MTA to start  the diskette
            support as described before. There is no alternative  option
            for  it  in  MTA.CTL.   When  you  use  /D,  MTA  will start
            diskette  support  for  DRIVE  A:.   If  your  diskettes are
            accessed from another  drive (eg.   B:), you must  use /D=B:
            to do so;


 4.1.2 Command-line parameters that overrule/toggle/disable MTA.CTL
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 The following command-line parameters  will either switch an  option in
 MTA.CTL on, off  or will act  like a toggle.  Some can overrule  values
 that are set in MTA.CTL.


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /DEBUG{file}                                                        │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : See MTADEBUG.TEC inside the supplied MTA__TEC.EXE file for a
            discription of this option.

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /ARC                                                                │
 │ /ARJ                                                                │
 │ /ARJSFX                                                             │
 │ /DWC                                                                │
 │ /HYP                                                                │
 │ /LZH                                                                │
 │ /LZHSFX                                                             │
 │ /LZS                                                                │
 │ /MD                                                                 │
 │ /OWN                                                                │
 │ /PAK                                                                │
 │ /PAKSFX                                                             │
 │ /SQZ                                                                │
 │ /SQZSFX                                                             │
 │ /ZIP                                                                │
 │ /ZIPSFX                                                             │
 │ /ZOO                                                                │
 │ /PKLITE                                                             │
 │ /UNPKLITE                                                           │
 │ /GIFLITE                                                            │
 │ /GIF2JPG                                                            │
 │ /JPG2GIF                                                            │
 │ /GIF                                                                │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : Normally MTA will  convert all matched (and selected)  files
            to the system you assigned to the CompressionType option  in
            MTA.CTL. With these  command-line switches you  can overrule
            them with another format  (see CompressionType option for  a
            description of the various supported targets);

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /NO4DOS                                                             │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : When you  run under  4DOS <tm>  and you  want to  use  MTA's
            internal move  options, you   can overrule  the 4DOS    <tm>
            MOVE command   with   this   parameter.   It   has the  same
            meaning  as  when  you  include  the  Not4DOSAware option in
            MTA.CTL.

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /W{directory}                                                       │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : When you  have included  DefaultPath (or  alike) options  in
            MTA.CTL, or you wish  to convert files in  another directory
            as the current, you can include /W. /W by itself will  over-
│           rule  any  DefaultPath  (or  alike, like BBSPaths) option in
            MTA.CTL  and  will  force  MTA  to  work  inside the CURRENT
            directory. /W{directory}  (so you  append a  valid directory
            to the parameter, like /WD:\ZIP)  will force MTA to work  on
            the supplied directory;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /TOUCHC{+days}                                                      │
 │ /TOUCHH                                                             │
 │ /TOUCHL                                                             │
 │ /TOUCHF                                                             │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : One of  these command-line  parameters can  be used (if  you
            use multiple at the same time, only the last will count)  to
            overrule the touching system that MTA uses. If you have  set
            a  way  of  touching  (TouchHig,  TouchCur, TouchLow) in the
            MTA.CTL,  these  parameters  can  be  used  to overrule this
            option in the following way:

            /TOUCHC : Converted  files  will  get the current date (or a
                      date {+days} (for example /TOUCHC+10 for +10 days)
                      away from the current-date;

            /TOUCHH  : The  same  as  using TouchHig in MTA.CTL (use the
                       highest date inside the archive);

            /TOUCHL : The  same as using TouchLow in in MTA.CTL (use the
                      lowest date inside the archive);

            /TOUCHF :  Files will keep the same date as they  had before
                       the conversion started;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /M{directory}                                                       │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : If you  use the MoveToDir option  in MTA.CTL you can  use /M
            on its own to make that option inactive. If you also  append
            a directory (eg. /MD:\ZIP\TRA), it will work the same as  if
            you supplied  D:\ZIP\TRA as  the directory  in this  option.
            So  /MD:\ZIP\TRA  will  move  converted  files to D:\ZIP\TRA
            even when the MoveToDir  option in MTA.CTL is  set otherwise
            or when it is not set at all;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /C2G[options]                                                       │
 │ /C2J[options]                                                       │
 │ /CD[options]                                                        │
 │ /CGL[options]                                                       │
 │ /CH[options]                                                        │
 │ /CHS[options]                                                       │
 │ /CJ[options]                                                        │
 │ /CJS[options]                                                       │
 │ /CL[options]                                                        │
 │ /CQ[options]                                                        │
 │ /CS[options]                                                        │
 │ /CSS[options]                                                       │
 │ /CZ[options]                                                        │
 │ /CZS[options]                                                       │
 │ /CGT[options]                                                       │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : For  almost all archivers  (and GIF-alike programs)  you can
            add some extra options for  each and every archiver (or  GIF
            program).  These  options  can  be  found  in MTA.CTL as the
            xxxCompression options (see over there). You can also  over-
            rule them (or add them  on the fly) with these  command-line
            parameters. [options]  must be  the added  options for  that
            archiver. Spaces must be replaced by underscore  characters,
            so '-a -z'  must be coded  as '-a_-z' (without  the quotes).
            Each of the command-line parameter stands for:

            - /C2G        GIF2JPG
            - /C2J        JPG2GIF
            - /CD         DWC
            - /CGL        GIFLITE
            - /CH         LZH
            - /CHS        LZH (SFX)
            - /CJ         ARJ
            - /CJS        ARJ (SFX)
            - /CL         PKLITE
            - /CQ         ZOO
            - /CS         SQZ
            - /CSS        SQZ (SFX)
            - /CZ         ZIP
            - /CZS        ZIP2EXE (ZIP SFX)
            - /CGT        GIFTEST

            Refer to the documentation for  each archiver to see a  list
            of non-common options that  can be used. Also  remember that
            the SFX creation is done  AFTER the compression (and NOT  at
            the  same  time,  even  if  the compression program supports
            it).   This means  that adding  something for  LZH SFX  will
            cause that it will  ONLY be used to  create the SFX and  NOT
            for  the  compression  of  the  LZH-file  (same goes for all
            other SFX's);

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /Z{path}                                                            │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function :  This command-line  parameter has  the same  meaning as  the
            usage of  the AutoDescription  option in  MTA.CTL. When  you
            use /Z as is, the AutoDescription option (if set) is  turned
            off and no  comments will be  added. When you  append a path
            (the drive,  directory and  filename) to  the parameter, the
            file  that  you  supply  will  be  added  as  comment to all
            converted archives that support  these comments. As such  it
            can be  used to  (temporary) add  the AutoDescription  or to
            overrule the values set in MTA.CTL;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /CARCOM{n}                                                          │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : This command-line option can be used to change the  behavior
            of the CarryComment  option in MTA.CTL  (if set).   When you
            supply /CARCOM  as is,  the CarryComment  option in  MTA.CTL
            will  be  (temporary)  switched  off.  If  you  use /CARCOMn
            (where 'n' is  the number 1,  2 or 3),  you can (re)set  the
            function of the CarryComment option for this run;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /AFB                                                                │
 │ /AFB- or /AFB+                                                      │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : This command-line parameter is a toggle for the  AddFilesBBS
            option in MTA.CTL;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /P                                                                  │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : When  you use the  /P command-line parameter,  MTA will stop
            any logging in  the normal log-file(s)  for the duration  of
            the run.

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /DI                                                                 │
 │ /DE                                                                 │
 │ /DD                                                                 │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function :  You can  disable the  functions of  the options IncludeFile
            (/DI), ExcludeFile  (/DE) and  the DoNot  (/DD) options with
            help of these command-line parameters;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /E1                                                                 │
 │ /E2                                                                 │
 │ /EB                                                                 │
 │ /EG                                                                 │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Functions : Any  exit  you   have  declared, can be disabled. /E1  will
             disable ExitBeforeFill (if set),  /E2 will do the  same for
             ExitAfterFill (if set),  /EB for ExitBetweenConversion  and
             /EG for  ExitAfterCompression. Exits  can only  be SET with
             help of options in MTA.CTL;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /U                                                                  │
 │ /U[filename]                                                        │
 │ /U[path]                                                            │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : This  command-line   parameter  comes in three flavors.  The
            first, /U, is a toggle  for the FilesBBS option in  MTA.CTL.
            /U will  disable the  option if  it was  set in  MTA.CTL and
            will enable the option if it was not set.

            /U[filename] will  enable the  FilesBBS option  but in  this
            case you  overrule the  filename FILES.BBS  (in the  working
            directory) with [filename].

            /U[path] will enable  the FilesBBS option  but in this  case
            you overrule the filename  FILES.BBS AND the fact  that this
            file  must  reside  in  EACH  working directory with [path].
            [path] is  the SINGLE  filename (with  drive and  directory)
            that MTA will update (RBBS master directory and such);

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /NOOLD                                                              │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : When  you added the  DelOldFiles option to  MTA.CTL, you can
            use /NOOLD to switch the option off.

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /UPGRADE                                                            │
 │ /UPGRADE+ or /UPGRADE-                                              │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : This command-line parameter is a toggle for the  OnlyUpgrade
            option in MTA.CTL;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /SBA                                                                │
 │ /SBA+ or /SBA-                                                      │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : This command-line parameter is a toggle for the  SkipBackups
            option in MTA.CTL;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /NFC or /NFC-                                                       │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : This command-line  parameter  toggles   the  FIXEDCONVERSION
            option in MTA.CTL  to  off. You  can  not toggle this option
            to ON. When FIXEDCONVERSION options are set in MTA.CTL, they
            are set ON by default.

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /NUU or /NUU-                                                       │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : This command-line parameter  toggles  the UPDATEUNTYPEDFILES
            option to off (on is not possible);

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /NUM or /NUM-                                                       │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : This  command-line  parameter   toggles  the  UPDATEMSGFILES
            option to off (on is not possible);

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /NUT or /NUT-                                                       │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : This  command-line  parameter  toggles  the  UPDATETICKFILES
            option to off (on is not possible);

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /NUF or /NUF-                                                       │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : This  command-line  parameter   toggles  the  UPDATEFESFILES
            option to off (on is not possible);

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /NMA or /NMA-                                                       │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : This  command-line  parameter toggles the  MAKEARC option to
            off (on is not possible);

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /NME or /NME-                                                       │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : This  command-line  parameter   toggles  the  MAKEARCEXCLUDE
            option to off (on is not possible);

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /NOB                                                                │
 │ /NOB+ or /NOB-                                                      │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : This  command-line  parameter   is  a toggle for the  NoBeep
            option in MTA.CTL;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /NVI                                                                │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : This command-line parameter  will  switch of  the configured
            virus scanners for the duration of this run.

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /NVM                                                                │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : This command-line parameter  will  switch of  the configured
            masks that  limit  the scan for a virus. If /NVM is supplied
            and the VirusScanner  options  are  available and active (no
            usage of /NVI), the scan  is ALWAYS  performed on EVERY file
            in EVERY archive.

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /NOEMS                                                              │
 │ /NOXMS                                                              │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : This command-line  parameters can  be used  to disable   the
            usage of EMS  and/or XMS. The  same can be  done permanently
            with the NoEMS and/or NoXMS options in MTA.CTL;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /VMODE{mode}                                                        │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : /VMODE  as is, will  switch any VideoMode  option in MTA.CTL
            to OFF.  /VMode{mode} (where  {mode} is  the DECIMAL  video-
            mode) will force MTA to switch the video-card to {mode};

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /EXTTST                                                             │
 │ /EXTTST+ or /EXTTST-                                                │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : /EXTTST is used  as a toggle for the  ExtendedTesting option
            in MTA.CTL.

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /SFX                                                                │
 │ /SFX+ or /SFX-                                                      │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : /SFX  is  used  as  a  toggle  for  the SFXFiles option in
            MTA.CTL;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /LEA                                                                │
 │ /LEA+ or /LEA-                                                      │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : /LEA is  used as  a toggle  for the  KeepAbnormalExtensions
            option in MTA.CTL;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /TIM                                                                │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : When  you use the  /TIM command-line parameter,  you disable
            the RunTime option in MTA.CTL (if set);

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /NEW                                                                │
 │ /NEW+ or /NEW-                                                      │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : /NEW is  used as  a toggle  for the  OnlyNewFiles option in
            MTA.CTL;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /MAR                                                                │
 │ /MAR+ or /MAR-                                                      │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : /MAR  is  used  as   a  toggle  for  the NoMarked option  in
            MTA.CTL;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /MAH{string}                                                        │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : If you want to  change the value for the MarkHeader  option,
            you can use the  /MAH{string} command-line option. When  you
            do  not  supply  {string},  MTA  will  be  forced to use the
            default value. When used, {string} must be 6 bytes of less;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /MAS{string}                                                        │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : If you want to  change the value for the MarkString  option,
            you can use the  /MAS{string} command-line option. When  you
            do  not  supply  {string},  MTA  will  be  forced to use the
            default  value.  When  used,  {string}  must  be 14 bytes of
            less;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /UNMARK                                                             │
 │ /UNMARK+ or /UNMARK-                                                │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : /UNMARK  is  used  as   a  toggle  for the UnMark option  in
            MTA.CTL;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /NOOWNMARK                                                          │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : /NOOWNMARK should only be used when MTA is executed under a
            protocol  driver like FIleDoor <tm> (XFD). In this case, the
            incomming (uploaded) files are checked against your own mark
            that you  use with NoMarked/MarkString. If the file contains
            the same mark, MTA will delete the file at once. This option
            will stop  those  users who download a file from you, rename
            the file to a bogus-name and upload it again. The dupe-check
            will not deny such a file, but MTA can see that it is one of
            your own files. If  you  use  /NOOWNMARK  you should make it
            sure that you are NOT using the DEFAULT  mark-string but one
            of your own !!

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /OOA                                                                │
 │ /OOA+ or /OOA-                                                      │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : Using /OOA  will do  the same  as using  the  OptimizeOnSize
            option in MTA.CTL;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /AIA                                                                │
 │ /AIA+ or /AIA-                                                      │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : /AIA  is  used   as  a  toggle for the NoArcInArc  option in
            MTA.CTL;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /KEEPAV                                                             │
 │ /KEEPAV+ or /KEEPAV-                                                │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : /KEEPAV  is  used  as   a  toggle  for the KeepAV option  in
            MTA.CTL;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /KEEPVL                                                             │
 │ /KEEPVL+ or /KEEPVL-                                                │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : /KEEPVL  is  used  as   a  toggle  for the KeepVL option  in
            MTA.CTL;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /NOCLOAK                                                            │
 │ /NOCLOAD+ or /NOCLOAK-                                              │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : /NOCLOAK  is  used  as  a  toggle  for the NoCloakedArchives
            option in MTA.CTL;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /ALL                                                                │
 │ /ALL+ or /ALL-                                                      │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : /ALL is used as a toggle for the AllDisketteFiles option  in
            MTA.CTL;

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /BAUD[baudrate]                                                     │
 │ /COM[comport]                                                       │
 │ /FOSSIL[fossilport]                                                 │
 │ /REMOTE                                                             │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : When MTA is used under a door inside a BBS and you want  MTA
            to keep the user informed about the current status, you  can
            use /BAUD, /COM (or /PORT) and /REMOTE (or their  equivalent
            counterparts in  MTA.CTL) to  do so.  [baudrate] can  be the
            baudrate  (locked  or  not)  or  0  (in which case NO remote
            operations will be done). [comport] can be a valid COM  port
            or 0 (in which case  no remote operations will take  place).
            [fossilport]  must  be  the  valid  fossil-port, there is no
            value to  switch remote  operations off  other than  setting
            [baudrate] to 0.  /COM is preferred.  You can use  all these
            command-line parameters (or  their counterparts in  MTA.CTL)
            but they  will do  nothing unless  the following combination
            is  made  (where  the  command-line  parameters overrule any
            options in MTA.CTL):

            - /BAUD (Baudrate) must be set to a non-zero value;
            - /COM  (ComPort )  ,,  ,,  ,, ,,    ,,  ,,    ,,  OR
              /FOSSIL (FossilPort) must be used;
            - /REMOTE (Remote) is used;

            You should  also look  into the  /ANS command-line parameter
            in the previous (sub)chapter.

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /STOSIZ{ext}                                                        │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : /STOSIZ  is  used   as  a  toggle  for the  StoreSize option
            MTA.CTL. When you use this  option to SET the option  to ON,
            {ext} (optional)  can be  used to  set the  extension of the
            semaphore file  (default XS1)  to something  else (F#D  when
            running FileDoor 2.03 or older betas);

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /STONAM{nam}                                                        │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : /STONAM  is  used   as  a  toggle  for the  StoreName option
            MTA.CTL. When you use this  option to SET the option  to ON,
            {nam} (optional)  can be  used to  set the  filename of  the
            semaphore  file  (default  FILEDOOR.XS2)  to  something else
            (FILEDOOR.F#D when running older FileDoor betas);

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /STOCOM{nam}                                                        │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : /STOCOM is used  as  a  toggle  for the  StoreComment option
            MTA.CTL. When you use this  option to SET the option  to ON,
            {nam} (optional)   can  be   used  to   set the  name of the
            semaphore file (default FILEDOOR.XS3) to something else.




 4.1.3 Command-line parameters with a special usage
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 The following command-line parameters  are special (should not  be used
 but  are  documented  to  be  complete)  or  are only used in debugging
 situations.


 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /|                                                                  │
 │ />                                                                  │
 │ /<                                                                  │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : These options should (and can not) be used. They can not  be
            executed  from  the  DOS  command-line  because  they   have
            something to do  with piping. These  command-line parameters
            are used by MTA internally !

 ┌─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │ /PAUSE                                                              │
 └─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘
 Function : Sometimes MTA will execute a program (archiver, virus  scan,
            exit  and  so  on)  and  this  programs reports an error. In
            these cases  you are  not able  to see  what happens because
            MTA  will  go  on  (after  a  warning  is given). If you use
            /PAUSE, MTA will pause  (without clearing the screen)  after
            the shell returns to MTA.  You must press [ESC] to  continue
            MTA in the normal way;



 4.2 Aborting MTA
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 There is only one way to abort MTA before it's normal end. When MTA  is
 busy, you  can press  [ESC]. MTA  will (in  time) display  that it will
 terminate soon.  Termination will  be done  AFTER THE  CURRENT FILE  IS
 CONVERTED !

 When you did  press [ESC] by  mistake, you can  always press any  other
 key  to  release  the  pending  termination.  In  that  case,  MTA will
 continue as normal.

 The termination option  does NOT work  when you use  the /D switch.  In
 this case you must wait until the diskette is fully converted.



 4.3 LOG file
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 MTA makes a log of almost  everything (unless you specify NoLog in  the
 MTA.CTL file or supply  /L as a runtime  switch).  You can  browse thru
 the log with a program like V.Buerg's LIST or with the 'good old'  TYPE
 command.

 The log-style can  be adjusted to  the users need  with three different
 options  (LogStyleFormat,  LogDateFormat  and  LogTimeFormat). Also you
 can combine  all possible  logs (the  'normal' log,  called MTA.LOG  by
 default, the  password log,  called MTA.PWN  by default  and the random
 password log,  called MTA.PWD  by default)  into one  log-file, because
 MTA will open  (APPEND) and close  the log for  every record it  has to
 write.

 Depending on the number of files  MTA has to convert, the MTA.LOG  file
 can get very large. I have  supplied a program (MTL.EXE) to solve  this
 problem. With  MTL.EXE you  can make  a statistical  review of your log
 file. In addition,  you can instruct  MTL to shorten  the log-file. MTL
 will rewrite the MTA.LOG file with only the total counters so far.  The
 next run MTL  will detect these  counters again and  adjust the current
 counters with these values.

 MTL depends  on the  format of  the log-file.  Therefor you  should not
 make any changes to the current  log-file, but make a copy of  the file
 and  work  on  the  copy  and  not  the original. MTL IS able to detect
 customized log-files  and will  adjust itself  to search  at the  right
 places. Also, records of a different  kind can be available in the  log
 (in case of a mailer or BBS program). MTL will skip these records  but.
 If  you  want  to  clean  the  log  with  MTL, MTL will ALSO remove all
 NON-MTA data from the log !

 If you get tired of the log, delete it, and MTA will create a new  one.
 When MTA calls itself as a child invocation, the child MTA does not  do
 any type of logging !



 4.4 Errors
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 Under some conditions, MTA can  abort (or skip files) which  causes the
 temporary directory to  stay on disk.  Normally MTA will  try to remove
 all files  from this  temporary directory  but there  can be cases when
 this is impossible. In such cases,  MTA will report this at the  end of
 the run. In that case you  must correct the errors manually and  remove
 the  directory  (or  directories)  from  disk. Under normal conditions,
 this  will  only  take  place  with  critical errors (disk failures and
 such).

 ┌───────┬─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┐
 │   5   │ Version information and credits                             │
 └───────┴─────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────┘

 5.1 The BETA-team
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 Look into  the file  SUPPORT.MTA for  a full  list of  all beta-testers
 and support nodes.



 5.2 Credits
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 Thanks  to  the  following  people  (besides  my eternal thanks for the
 BETA team):

 - All   paying, registered   users. You   made it   possible to enhance
   MTA with nice features;

 - All users who did write me bug reports, suggestions and so on;



 5.3 Version history
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 ┌───────┬────────────────────────────┐
 │ 11.xx │ Sampled release info       │
 └───────┴────────────────────────────┘
  ■ Bug fixes;

  ■ Added   FilesBBSFormat   option,   CarryComment   option,  alternate
    CTL support, combination of /M and /D allowed;


 ┌───────┬────────────────────────────┐
 │ 12.xx │ Sample release info        │
 └───────┴────────────────────────────┘
  ■ Bug fixes;

  ■ All  tables  to  255   entries,  tag-menu,  /@,  /MD,    AltDisplay,
    internal swapping   (SwapPath,  NoSwap),   MDCD  support   (MDPath),
    IncludeCTL, AV-aware,  encryption   aware,  configurable   log-file,
    MTAErrorPath, extended help, mouse  aware, ITS aware and  many, many
    more changes;


 ┌───────┬────────────────────────────┐
 │ 13.xx │ Sample release info        │
 └───────┴────────────────────────────┘
  ■ MTA swapped from  free-ware to shareware so  now a small price  must
    be payed for continued usage;

  ■ Several bugs fixed;

  ■ Added support for 4DOS descriptions, EGA/VGA special text-modes


 ┌───────┬────────────────────────────┐
 │ 14.xx │ Sample release info        │
 └───────┴────────────────────────────┘
  ■ Fixed some bugs;

  ■ Added  support  for  volume-labels  (ZIP/ARJ),  special   log-files,
    descriptions, substituted drives  (recursive support), VGA  support,
    special selections (/LVLx),  sharing and multi-tasking  (also multi-
    MTA), ARJ, multiple  virus scanners, HYP(er),  PKLITE, menu-tagging,
    better help, LZH 2.xx support, videomode, TICK, FES, untyped  files,
    simulation, macros in  the password command-line  parameters, remote
    logging, files that are too old, XARC/ARCE, ZOO 2.xx,


 ┌───────┬────────────────────────────┐
 │ 15.01 │ Major Release              │
 └───────┴────────────────────────────┘
  ■ I did  an almost complete  rewrite of the  documentation. Many cross
    references are now explained at their proper locations, old info  is
    removed  (a  couple  of  chapters),  all  options  and  command-line
    parameters  are  revised  and  (I  hope)  better explained. The only
    thing that still is  on the list, is  an index and a  proper utility
    to create the  page numbers for  the various users.  Overall the new
    documentation is  somewhat smaller  than the  previous version while
    still giving you all relevant information;

  ■ The  internals of  MTA have  changed completely.  This causes MTA to
    use almost  the same  amount of  memory as  before though  there are
    many options added.  There is also  a separate overlayed  version of
    MTA  available  (MTAOVR)  that  uses  100K  less  of  (conventional)
    memory;

  ■ There was  a serious bug  in the RAPATHS  option logic, causing  MTA
    not  to  recognize  the  FILES.RA  file.  This is fixed. The RAPATHS
    option is  somewhat changed  in syntax  and the  RA0 and RA1 options
    are removed from MTA;

  ■ The  dos-shell  in  MTA  (you  know, the little window) was  getting
    somewhat old for the current state  of the technique.  The same  was
    true for  the swapping  routines. They  are all  replaced and we now
    have 4  new DOS-shell  routines in  MTA (2  non swapped,  2 swapped,
    each pair consisting of  a windowed and non-windowed  routine). This
    also  causes  archivers  that  needed  a  swap,  to  stay inside the
    DOS-window  as  were  the  non-swapped  archivers.  Because of these
    changes the  STOWBUFFER and  FORCECGA options  are removed  from MTA
    and are now obsolete;

  ■ Changed  the logic  for AV'ed  files. Previous  versions would  give
    errors under special conditions. This problem is fixed;

  ■ Fixed a problem  where MTA could make  a mess of ARJ  AV'ed archives
    (if KEEPAV was  set) in combination  with AutoDescription. If  these
    conditions  were  met  (KEEPAV,  ARJ-AV,  AutoDescription)  and  the
    target was ZIP, MTA would  add a description to the  ARJ-file, using
    internal patching techniques, causing  the target-file to be  defect
    (you could still extract them, but with a warning). This is fixed;

  ■ Changed  the  logic  for  SFX  files. Previous versions did  contain
    their own  logic to  remove the  SFX-header from  the archives. This
    coding is removed  and MTA should  be able to  convert SFX files  if
    the  archiver  can  extract  files  from  the  SFX'ed  file.  By  my
    knowledge,  there  is  only  one  non-standard SFX-file. This is the
    ZOO-SFX created  with a  separate program.  These files  can not  be
    converted when ZOO  is not able  to decompress files  from the *.EXE
    files.  Overall,  this  will  give  a  much more secure (and version
    independent) result;

  ■ The  /M  (MOVETOPATH)  command-line  parameter  could  be used  with
    invalid directory names. MTA would report errors when the  converted
    files  was  actually  moved  to  this  directory  or a file would be
    renamed (convert RA_110.ZIP to ZIP,  with /MTRA where TRA was  not a
    valid directory.  The result  was a  file TRARA_11.ZIP  and the file
    was still  in the  current directory).  This logic  has been changed
    and fixed;  MTA will  now validate  the supplied  directory and will
    abort  (before  the  conversion)  if  there  is an invalid directory
    supplied;

  ■ Previous versions  of MTA could  not work with  generic directories.
    You  always  had  to  include  the  full pathname (directory and the
    drive   name).   When   reading   options   from   MTA.CTL  and  the
    command-line, MTA will  now expand generic  paths (/M.. or  /Z\ZIP\)
    to full names, based on  the current directory and drive.  Be warned
    though.  If  the  generic  path  results in an expanded NON-existing
    path, MTA will abort with an error;

  ■ MTA would fail the extended test when ARJ files were converted  that
    contained files, archived with -t1. These files can be found in  the
    original ARJxxx.EXE distribution  file (just run  a verbose list  of
    this archive,  write down  the length  of all  files, decompress the
    file, run a  DIR and compare  the lengths) and  all other ARJ  files
    that are created with the  -t1 ARJ command-line parameter. MTA  will
    now ignore the extended test when dealing with such ARJ archives;

  ■ In certain cases, MTA would forget to clean the temporary  directory
    when an extended test failed. This is fixed;

  ■ MTA will now FULLY ignore the ARJ_SW environment variable. MTA  will
    pass a  command-line parameter  to ARJ  (2.21 and  higher) that will
    force ARJ NOT  to look at  this env.var.. All  additional options in
    this env.var. must be added to the ARJCompression option;

  ■ MTA will still give a beep EVEN when the WarningTime option was  set
    to 0. This is fixed;

  ■ CarryComment would  sometimes be unable  to find the  comment in the
    FILES.BBS alike file. Fixed;

  ■ The full-screen picklist would 'flicker' when you pressed F1  (help)
    more than once. Fixed;

  ■ Sometimes MTA would screw up  the first file inside a PAK  SFX file.
    This is fixed;

  ■ MTA  would truncate  the log-file  when it  became bigger  than 64K.
    This is fixed;

  ■ MTA  would consume  8K blocks  of conventional  memory when the TICK
    support was on. This is fixed;

  ■ The documented  /CO command-line parameter  (to overrule the  option
    ZOOCOMPRESSION) did cause MTA to  fail. It has now been  included in
    MTA.EXE under the name /CQ;

  ■ MTA would sometimes not  remove directories. This happened when  MTA
    needed to access various drives. This is fixed;

  ■ Sometimes  MTA  would  display  a  very huge number of  uncompressed
    bytes for ARJ files (causing MTA to skip the file if that number  of
    bytes was not available on the hard-disk). This is fixed;

  ■ Under  4DOS (4.0  and higher),  MTA would  show a  cursor after  the
    first MOVE. This is fixed. MTA will hide the cursor after each  call
    to an external program (4DOS is one of them);

  ■ Various problems  with TBSCAN 2.9,  3.1 and 3.2  are fixed (look  at
    the  new  command-line  examples  for  this scanner). When using MTA
    under  DesqView  (with  SHARE),  you  MUST  use TBSCAN 3.2 or higher
    because older versions will deny the removal of files and  directory
    that MTA  (not TBSCAN!!)  has created.  The 3.2  works fine with the
    new coding in MTA  if you (at least)  use the -compat option  of the
    TBSCAN program;

  ■ Various problems  with HTSCAN 1.6  (and lower). Some  of them caused
    by MTA (fixed) and one of them caused by HTSCAN. When HTSCAN has  to
    run in 200Kb or less, it would cause MTA to report that the  archive
    contained a virus. The author of HTSCAN will change this bug in  the
    next version  and MTA  can now  work with  HTSCAN's new error-levels
    because of a change in the VIRUSSCANNER option;

  ■ Added %D macro  in the VIRUSSCANNER option.  %P (as before) will  be
    expanded to the complete  directory to scan (without  filenames), %F
    will be  expanded to  the complete  directory plus  \*.*. %D will be
    expanded to the  last branch (node)  in the temporary  directory and
    is a relative directory. This  macro can be used in  complex network
    structures;

  ■ Mouse  support  in  the  main  MTA-body  is  removed.  It  is  still
    available in the full-screen  pick-list. The NOMOUSE option  and the
    /NOMOUSE command-line parameter are removed from MTA;

  ■ Older versions of  MTA would rename the  target file if a  file with
    the same name existed  on the target location.  You can now add  the
    OVERWRITEDUPLICATES option  to force  MTA to  overwrite such  files.
    The new target-file will overwrite a file with the same name in  the
    target directory;

  ■ The  /CTL  command-line  parameter  is  enhanced.  You can now  also
    supply a filename (without  path) if that file  can be found in  the
    DOS  PATH,  the  current  directory  or  the directory where MTA.EXE
    (MTAOVR.EXE) is found (last option only under DOS 3.xx and higher);

  ■ The EXCLUDEFILE  and DONOT options  now accept wildcards,  including
    the '=' wildcard (see documentation);

  ■ Remote  operations (introduced  in the  14.5x versions  of MTA)  was
    only  possible  when  the  /REMOTE  command-line parameter was used.
    The REMOTE option for MTA.CTL is added;

  ■ MTA  will  now  do  remote  logging (modem communications) when  the
    REMOTE option or  /REMOTE command-line parameter  is set along  with
    non-zero  values  for  BAUD  and  COM-port.  If  either of these two
    contains  a  zero  (/BAUD0  and/or  /COM0),  MTA will not use remote
    logging;

  ■ Added  the /ANS  command-line parameter.  Normally MTA  will do  its
    remote logging in ANSI-mode. When /ANS0 is used, MTA will use  plain
    ASCII.  /ANS1  and  higher  values  (up  to  /ANS9)  will cause ANSI
    logging;

  ■ Added  the  NOBEEP  option.  When  WarningTime is set to a  non-zero
    value (nice  when running  unattended BUT  WITH remote  logging) you
    can still shut down the beeps and bells;

  ■ Added  the  /PAUSE   command-line  parameter  (no  counterpart    in
    MTA.CTL).   When present,  MTA will  halt until  you press ESC after
    EACH call to an external program. Added for debugging;

  ■ Added coding so  you can abort MTA  when it is waiting  for a locked
    (shared) file. If you press CTRL-E, MTA will abort from the lock;

  ■ Added  the NOEMS  and NOXMS  options in  MTA.CTL and  the /NOEMS and
    /NOXMS command-line parameters, to force  MTA NOT to use EMS  and/or
    XMS while swapping itself from memory;

  ■ Changed the logging.  The following changes have  been made:

    - All  records   have   been   split   into   single-item     lines,
      containing the needed info in the smallest number of bytes;

    - The  errors are   now recorded  in   the normal   log-file. As   a
      result  of  this change, the  ERRORLOGPATH option is  removed from
      MTA;

    - MTA and MTL  work with  the new log. If you convert to  15.01, you
      must run  the previous  MTL version  (with log-compression) before
      you start  using MTA  and MTL  unless   you   do   not   need  the
      statistics  inside  the log-file;

    - MTA  now uses  its own  codes (MTL  will also  use them):

      * error message
      ! important  information
      $ extra      information
      = status     information
      ~ password   information
      # conversion information  (needed by MTL)
      @ MTL        information (created by MTL)

  ■ Changed   the syntax   of the   xxxPATH options   (see documentation
    for  the  current  format).  This  was   done to change the swapping
    function and  to   add   alternative   archiver  versions.    PLEASE
    READ   the documentation carefully !

  ■ Added a cheap  alternative to archive-marking (NOMARKED  and related
    options) with the ONLYNEWFILES  option and/or the /NEW  command-line
    parameter. Only files that are newer than the file-date of the  file
    FILES.MTA in the working directory, are converted. MTA will  (re)set
    the file FILES.MTA itself;

  ■ At the risk  of loosing some friend,  I include the following  text.
    It  has  become  general  practice  for  some BBS's to add their own
    AV-code to ARJ and  ZIP files. In my  views the AV-code is  meant to
    tell the user  that a certain  file is untouched  after it has  been
    created by the  author. When a  BBS includes AV-codes,  it will mean
    that the file is  untouched after it has  been created by the  SYSOP
    (not the author) and that  is ALMOST useless information. It  can be
    used  as  long  as  ORIGINAL  AV-codes  are left unaltered but it is
    misleading  users  when  original  AV-codes  ARE  altered. With this
    practice, it is almost useless  to keep AV codes inside  the archive
    because you (as user/sysop) only  have the advertisement of the  BBS
    as  added  value.  To  (partially)  overcome  this  problem, MTA now
    contains an option INCLUDEAVFILES. If this option is NOT present  in
    MTA.CTL and KEEPAV is set, all AV'ed files are still unaltered.   If
    you include one or more  INCLUDEAVFILES options, and KEEPAV is  set,
    MTA will only keep the AV code for the files that match one or  more
    of  the  INCLUDEAVFILES  file-masks.  ALL  other AV'ed files will be
    converted EVEN when  KEEPAV is set.  One of the  next minor versions
    of MTA will extend this option  in a very dynamic (and more  secure)
    way;

  ■ Added  dynamic swapping.  In the  previous versions  you could  only
    tell to ALWAYS swap before the  call to another program was made  or
    to NEVER swap before the call  to another program was made.   Though
    this  function  was  variable  for  each  different  (de)compression
    program, it was somewhat rough. You can now supply a minimum  number
    of bytes that  must be available  in memory (conventional).  If this
    number of  bytes (or  more) is  available, MTA  will NOT swap itself
    out of  the way.  If it  isn't available,  MTA WILL  swap before the
    call  is  made.  Dynamic  swapping  is  now available in all xxxPATH
    options  (as  a  replacement  for  the  older  SWAP  value  in these
    options) and is added to the VIRUSSCANNER and all EXITxxx options;

  ■ Removed  the NOSWAP  option from  MTA. It  became obsolete after the
    introduction of dynamic swapping;

  ■ Added alternative archive-program  versions in the xxxPATH  options.
    Added the  /ALT command-line  parameter to  activate the alternative
    versions. See the chapter about the usage of alternative versions;

  ■ Added  support  for  SFX  (TARGET!!)  files. You can now create  SFX
    files as  the target.  To support  this option,  the values  ZIPSFX,
    ARJSFX,  LZHSFX  and  PAKSFX  can  be  used  as  the  value  for the
    COMPRESSIONTYPE  option.  Also  the  /ZIPSFX,  /ARJSFX,  /LZHSFX and
    /PAKSFX command-line parameters can now be used. Also added are  the
    ASFCOMPRESSION,  LSFCOMPRESSION  and  ZSFCOMPRESSION  options to add
    extra parameters to the  call to the archive-program  (when creating
    SFX files). The /CJS, /CLS  and /CZS command-line parameters can  be
    used  to   over-  rule   the  ASFCOMPRESSION,   LSFCOMPRESSION   and
    ZSFCOMPRESSION options.   The ZIP2EXEPATH option  is added to  point
    to the ZIP2EXE.EXE program;

  ■ MTA will also convert  archives inside archives (arc-in-arc) to  SFX
    files (when one of the xxxSFX  options is set) so the customer  does
    not need any decompression program to decompress the file;

  ■ Added support for GIFLITE.  You can now convert normal  GIF-files to
    the GIFLITE format when the  target is set to GIFLITE.  When running
    a  GIF->GIFLITE  conversion,  no  normal  archives  can (or will) be
    converted  so  'MTA  *.ZIP  /GIFLITE'  will  have  no  meaning.   To
    implement   this    function,    the   options    GIFLITEPATH    and
    GIFLITECOMPRESSION are added as well as the 'GIFLITE' value for  the
    COMPRESSIONTYPE  option.    The  /CGL   and  /GIFLITE   command-line
    parameters are also added;

  ■ Added support  for GIFTEST. You  can now test  GIF-files (normal and
    lite) when the target is set  to GIF. When running GIF->GIF test  no
    normal archives can (or will) be converted so 'MTA *.ZIP /GIF'  will
    have  no   meaning.  To   implement  this   function,  the   options
    GIFTESTPATH and GTECOMPRESSION are added as well as the 'GIF'  value
    for the  COMPRESSIONTYPE option.   The /CGT  and /GIF  command- line
    parameters are also added;

  ■ Added support for JPEG. You can now convert normal GIF-files to  the
    JPEG format  when the  target is  set to  GIF2JPG and  you can  also
    convert JPEG  (.JPG) files  back to  GIF when  the target  is set to
    JPG2GIF.  When  running  a  GIF->JPEG  or  JPEG->GIF  conversion, no
    normal archives can (or will) be converted, so 'MTA *.ARJ  /GIF2JPG'
    will have  no meaning.   To implement  these functions,  the options
    GIF2JPGPATH,  JPG2GIFPATH,  G2JCOMPRESSION  and  J2GCOMPRESSION  are
    added,  as  well  as  the   values  GIF2JPG  and  JPG2GIF  for   the
    COMPRESSIONTYPE  option.   The  /C2J,  /C2G,  /GIF2JPG  and /JPG2GIF
    command-line parameters are also added;

  ■ Added the MAXGIFDIM option to narrow the selection of GIF-files  for
    GIFLITE (unregistered version of GIFLITE);

  ■ Changed the full-screen picklist  to include the correct files  when
    one of the GIF-alike  options is used in  MTA (you will now  see the
    usable GIF/JPG files and not archives);

  ■ Changed the  help-display (MTA /?)  to reflect the  new command-line
    parameters in MTA 15.01;

  ■ Added  logic  and  support  for  the  new  PKZIP  (1.93+)  deflating
    algorithm. MTA  will detect  these files  and will  convert them  if
    the   newer    PKZIP/PKUNZIP      is    used      (ZIPVERSION    and
    PKZIPPATH/PKUNZIPPATH set  to  1.93/2.01  values)  or  will   report
    the need  for a  higher version  of PK(UN)ZIP  is you  still use the
    1.10 (or lower);

  ■ /UPGRADE is changed. It can  now be used to convert from  PKZIP 1.xx
    type of archives to 2.xx (it was set to convert from 0.xx to 1.xx);

  ■ Added support and logic for  the new ARJ (2.30+). MTA will  not con-
    vert  backup  files  in  ARJ  archives.  You can add the SKIPBACKUPS
    option in MTA.CTL  (/SBA command-line parameter)  in which case  MTA
    will  skip  ZOO  and  ARJ  archives  that contain backup-versions of
    files. Also, the  extended testing will  be skipped if  these backup
    version are available  in the archive.  With the last  change, it is
    possible to convert  ARJ files with  backups (and also  ZOO for that
    matter). For ARJ you can choose to do a normal conversion (in  which
    case  the  backup  files  are  removed)  or  you  can  use a special
    command-line parameter in the  ARJCOMPRESSION option, in which  case
    ARJ will rename all backup-versions with a special extension;

  ■ Added a graphical bar when parsing the MTA.CTL;


 ┌───────┬────────────────────────────┐
 │ 15.02 │ Bug & minor release        │
 └───────┴────────────────────────────┘
  ■ MTA would report 'duplicate  file, extension changed to ...'  when a
    file was  checked with  the /SIM  mode. This  could alarm users that
    saw the message at the remote side. Fixed;

  ■ MTA would report 'Unable  to RmDir/MkDir/ChDir to .........' when  a
    file was  checked with  the /SIM  mode. This  could alarm users that
    saw the message at the remote side. Fixed;

  ■ MTA would report 'SIMULATE  MODE' and not 'SIMULATE MODE  [OVERLAY]'
    on the main  screen when the  overlayed version and  /SIM were used.
    Fixed;

  ■ MTA would report 'DATETEST  MODE' and not 'DATETEST MODE  [OVERLAY]'
    on the main  screen when the  overlayed version and  /SIM were used.
    Fixed;

  ■ MTA  /? would  always cause  a GOMTA.BAT  in the  current directory,
    even when no changes were made to the note-pad;

  ■ The pick-list would  display ALL files when  /GIF was used. This  is
    fixed so only .GIF files are showed;

  ■ Some cosmetic changes in the copyrights for the remote display;

  ■ The overlay  algorithm is somewhat  changed to speed  up the parsing
    of the MTA.CTL alike file;

  ■ Added the RemoteColor option  in MTA.CTL to alter the  remote colors
    so they can match  the BBS colors. The  default colors are the  same
    as the default colors for FileDoor <tm>;


 ┌───────┬────────────────────────────┐
 │ 15.05 │ Minor Release              │
 └───────┴────────────────────────────┘
  ■ MTA would report 'no compressor available' or something alike,  when
    ZIP files were involved. This could happen when you did not  include
    a ZIP2EXEPath option in MTA.CTL and/or ZIP2EXE.EXE was not found  in
    the DOS-path. This is fixed;

  ■ JPG2GIF would report  'no compressor' available or  something alike,
    when JPG  files were  involved. This  could happen  when you did not
    include a GIFTESTPath option  in MTA.CTL and/or GIFTEST.EXE  was not
    found in the DOS-path. This is fixed;

  ■ Under  some conditions  (errors), the  'bar' would  not display  the
    correct  values,  neither  did  some  of  the  counters.  Also  when
    multiple files were  converted and one  or more files  were invalid,
    the ratio (percentage) could  show incorrect values. This  is fixed.
    MTA will now  display counters for  invalid files (in  red) also and
    the normal  counters, ratio  and 'bar'  are modified  in the correct
    way;

  ■ Fixed a problem  with /P (toggle logging).  This was still a  toggle
    but could result in  errors. /P can now  only be used to  switch any
    current logging to OFF. Using the log-file, must be set in MTA.CTL;

  ■ Added a /NVI command-line option. When used, the virus-scanning  (of
    ALL configured scanners) will be skipped;

  ■ Enhanced the IncludeAVFile option. You can now (optionally)  include
    the AV-number  (security env.  number) of  the filemask.  It is  now
    possible to  filter the  correct files  from the  ones that  are not
    from the  original authors.  In the  past IncludeAVFiles  PKLTE*.EXE
    would cause PKLT113.EXE to pass  (keep its AV, when KeepAV  was also
    set) even when RVH012 was the  one that added the AV-code (and  that
    is  NOT  PKWare).  Now  you  can  add  the PKW655 code to the option
    (IncludeAVFile PKLTE*.* PKW655) to force only the keeping of the  AV
    is the file matches PKLTE*.* AND the AV-code is PKW655). Also  masks
    for the AV-code (numeric/alphanumeric masks) can be used;

  ■ Added the AVLogPath option which causes a log-file to be  maintained
    by MTA, that included AV-numbers  and their names (like 0000  Robert
    K Jung or PKW655 PKWare Inc). This file can be maintained by MTL;

  ■ Added several log-records to the normal log that have to do with  AV
    (security env.)  coded. The  values will  only be  used when  either
    AVLogPath is set OR  at least one or  more AV-codes are supplied  as
    parameters for the IncludeAVPath option(s);

  ■ Added the test for  the MTAOVRSZ environment variable (only  overlay
    version).  If  present  and  containing  a numeric value, this value
    will be used as overlay buffer. Using number above 56000 will  cause
    MTAOVR to run faster but will also cause MTAOVR to use more  conven-
    tional memory;


 ┌───────┬────────────────────────────┐
 │ 15.06 │ Minor Release              │
 └───────┴────────────────────────────┘
  ■ Fixed a problem with a  runtime error 200 when no valid  files could
    be processed. This is fixed (both overlay and normal version);

  ■ Changed the DoNot  option in a way  that you can also  supply paths.
    It is now  possible to exclude  complete directories with  the DoNot
    statement  (e.g.  DoNot  E:\TUP\DONOT\*.*)  or  partial  directories
    (e.g.  DoNot  E:\TUP\SOME\DONOT\*.ARJ).  This  option  also comes in
    handy in combination with the QBBSPaths and RAPaths option(s);

  ■ Added a ChildTouch  option so you can  use another type of  touching
    for nested archives;


 ┌───────┬────────────────────────────┐
 │ 15.07 │ Minor Release              │
 └───────┴────────────────────────────┘
  ■ Fixed all problems with READONLY, HIDDEN and SYSTEM files. MTA would
    not copy, delete, rename  and/or  move these files. Though they will
    not show up  in  archives very frequently, some users complained. It
    was a bug and therefore fixed;

  ■ Added support  for  those  virusscanners  that can only work good on
    complete  drives. Scanners  like  Central  Point  Software CPAV (1.2
    and up) can  now  be  run  in batch-mode but will run best when they
    can scan a  full  drive. In  these  cases  you  should use the SUBST
    support of  MTA (only  if  you have troubles with it, you SHOULD use
    this feature, if you HAVE problems, tell me);

  ■ Added examples (tested  by me or others) for Dr.Solomon's virus scan
    (FINDVIRU) and  Central  Point Software's CPAV (only 1.2 and higher,
    1.0 does  not  return  errorlevels  and I skipped 1.1, so don't know
    if this version already returns errorlevels);

  ■ The %D macro in the VirusScanner option was not included in the DOCs
    (it is now) and there is a much better description of all the macros
    that you can use in this option (including the new %S and %L macro);


 ┌───────┬────────────────────────────┐
 │ 15.07 │ Bug (?) Release            │
 └───────┴────────────────────────────┘
  ■ Reports got in  from  users about MTA in a OS/2 2.0ß DOS box. MTA is
    not able to find any file that the  user wants to select. This nasty
    problem *looks*  like a problem with OS/2 2.0 because the normal DOS
    (ALSO IBM PC-DOS 5.0) works fine and the problems  involved  have to
    do with DOCUMENTED interrupts and NORMAL  Turbo  Pascal  processing.
    Thanks to some willin beta-testers I was able  to track the  problem
    down. This release contains a work-around that even causes MTA to be
    somewhat smaller and still giving the same functions. Under OS/2 2.0
    DOS boxes it *should* work again (as it did with beta-testers). Look
    into HELP__ME.MTA for questions about OS/2 2.0ß because  I don't run
    this operating system and must rely on the input from users who do !


 ┌───────┬────────────────────────────┐
 │ 15.10 │ Minor Release              │
 └───────┴────────────────────────────┘
 Several requests from users have  been addressed in this release.  Also
 please read the Q&A.MTA file (if it is present inside the archive).

  ■ Fixed another file-selection mask  (OS2 problem) in MTA.CH1. Also  a
    couple of OS2 beta-testers have  reported me that IBM has  addressed
    the problem  and that  there is  a fix-file  in the  later OS2 betas
    that can solve the problem;

  ■ Added the FileIDDiz option.  When active, it will store  the comment
    inside this  file into  memory. This  comment can  later be added to
    FILES.BBS (when ADDFilesBBS  is on) and/or  into the semaphore  file
    for the protocol-driver (StoreComment and /STOCOM, see later);

  ■ StoreSize, StoreName  (see later) and  StoreComment (see later)  can
    now also work  when remote operation  is NOT the  case. Normally you
    should  use  the  command-line  options  (/STOSIZ, /STONAM, /STOCOM)
    when you run MTA under a  door (FileDoor). When you set the  options
    in MTA.CTL  they will  work also  when remote  operation is  NOT the
    case (again,  unless you  toggle the  options to  OFF with  the same
    command-line parameters as mentioned before);

  ■ StoreSize  (/STOSIZ)  has  been  expanded.  You  can now supply  the
    extension of the file (normally xxxxxxxx.XS1) when the caller  needs
    to access another extension  (FileDoor 2.03 will need  the extension
    F$D);

  ■ Added  the StoreName  (/STONAM) option.  It will  create a file with
    old and new names that can be used by  a  protocol-driver  like  the
    FileDoor program. Only FileDoor 3.01 (and up)  will  work  with this
    semaphore file;

  ■ Added the StoreComment (/STOCOM) option. It will create a file  with
    comments from the header  or FILE_ID.DIZ file. It  can be used by  a
    protocol driver to overrule (supply) the comment of uploaded  files;

  ■ Added  SubstOn  and  SubstOff  options  to  overrule  the   internal
    sequence  that  MTA  uses  when  paging directories to a substituted
    drive;

  ■ The warning for using a Substituted drive is reversed. You will  now
    get a flashy warning when NOT using a substituted drive;

  ■ Added  the %T  macro in  all exit-calls  that can  be used to assign
    different  batch-files  for  different  tasks (when running multiple
    tasks);

  ■ The call to  LABEL.COM/EXE has been removed.  MTA will now use  some
    internal coding to reset the volume-label to the original label  (or
    a dummy when no label was set), when archives contain volume  labels
    inside;

  ■ The  CarryComment  option  did  only  allow  the first 255 bytes  of
    archive-comments to  be carried  over to  the new  archive. This has
    been enhanced to  64K of comment.  There are several  special tricks
    involved to  deal with  ARJ-comments in  this matter  because of the
    'multi-platform' 'compatible' matter  ARJ stores the  comment inside
    the  archives  (removing  part  of  the CR/LF sequence, resulting in
    problems when carried over to other archivers);


 ┌───────┬────────────────────────────┐
 │ 15.20 │ Major sub-release          │
 └───────┴────────────────────────────┘
 Several requests from users have  been addressed in this release.  Also
 take some  time to  sort out  the *.TEC  files included  (if any)  that
 cover special subjects more deeply.

  ■ Fixed a problem for non-registered usage where the MTA-childs  would
    all wait for a certain time (will work on most machines);

  ■ Fixed a problem for non-registered usage where the MTA under  remote
    operations would wait 90 seconds. This is reduced to 10 seconds;

  ■ MTA could be  called twice (again within  a DOS shell of  MTA). This
    is  fixed  for  most  configurations.  Only  MTA itself can call new
    copies of MTA (child processing);

  ■ When  displaying  message  remote  (BBS  under a door like  FileDoor
    <tm>) MTA would not restore  the color to the original  color before
    MTA was called. This is fixed;

  ■ When MTA  called the FOSSIL  to init remote  operations, the display
    could be trashed  if the FOSSIL  reported itself. MTA  will now save
    and restore the screen before and after the call to the  FOSSIL-init
    routine;

  ■ When  running under  multi-taskers (Desqview  etc.) MTA  would still
    try  to  change  the  video-mode  if  the VIDEOMODE option was used.
    This is fixed. VIDEOMODE will have no meaning under multi-tasking;

  ■ Fixed a problem (enhancement)  where +-comment lines were not  moved
    along with the  original file-comment in  the FILES.BBS alike  file.
    MTA will now move these +-comment lines;

  ■ GIF  files were  not touched  (and kept  their original  date). When
    TouchCur (also the new format,  see later), TouchHig or TouchLow  is
    the default,  GIF files  are touched  with the  current date  (or an
    added number of days, see new TouchCur format);

  ■ Files that were marked in  error (in the first 'TESTING' pass)  were
    not moved to the error-directory. This is fixed;

  ■ OverwriteDuplicates  only worked  for converted  files. It  will now
    also work  for moving  (with overwrite)  to the  error-directory and
    (if needed) the trashcan-directory;

  ■ Some users were reporing  problems with the child-call. As  a result
    of the rather  short command-line (110  bytes) under DOS,  MTA could
    fail with arc-in-arc files (child calls) because a longer  parameter
    was needed.  Now MTA  will pass  the command-line  parameters to the
    child-MTA thru  a file.  The file  is placed  in the  same directory
    where  MTA.EXE  (MTAOVR.EXE)  is  placed  OR  will  be placed in the
    directory that is pointed to by the TEMP environment variable;

  ■ Added  routines  and  coding to  work with SQZ archives. MTA already
    supports this archiver (like PKZIP 1.93a)  to  make  testing  rather
    simple. As a result of  this new archiver, the following options are
    added to MTA.CTL:

    - CompressionType SQZ
    - CompressionType SQZSFX
    - SQZPath
    - SQZCompression
    _ SSFCompression

    Also the following command-line switches are added:

    - /SQZ
    - /SQZSFX
    - /CS
    - /CSS

    They work the same as  their  counterparts for other archive programs
    like ZIP, ARJ and LZH;

  ■ Added MAXPATHS option with  same functions as RAPATHS and  QBBSPATHS
    but for Maxmimus <tm>;

  ■ Enhanced  the RAPATHS  option to  work with  RA 0.xx,  1.0x and 1.1x
    releases  of  Remote  Access  <tm>.  Also  CD-rom  areas for RA 1.1x
    releases are detected and ignored by MTA;

  ■ Enhanced the  QBBSPATHS option to  work with pre  2.75 releases (the
    MTA 15.10- situation) and 2.75+  releases of QuickBBS <tm>. The  pre
    2.75  format  (FLSEARCH.CTL)  remains   the  default  for   backward
    compatibility with MTA (will be altered in a later);

  ■ Added the  ExcludeDirectory option that  can be used  to exclude one
    or more  directories that  come from  RAPaths, QBBSPaths  and/or the
    new MAXPaths option;

  ■ Added  an  example  in  MTA.CTL  to  be used with the  virus-scanner
    (commercial) that is called GOBBLER <tm>;

  ■ Extended the usage  of the FILEIDDIZ option.  It is now possible  to
    let MTA use one of a set of files (not just only one);

  ■ Relaxed  the  testing  of  the  FILE_ID.DIZ alike file. In  previous
    releases  this  caused  many  warnings.  Because of the more dynamic
    usage of  comment-files (extended  FILEIDDIZ option),  MTA will  now
    store up to  20 lines with  each having up  to 128 characters,  into
    memory without giving any warnings;

  ■ Added command-line parameter /REMSIM  to let MTA create a  file that
    can be  TYPE'ed and  will show  the looks  of MTA  when it  displays
    messages remote. Can be used to check color-setup;

  ■ Added two remote lines when MTA is not used in SIMULATE mode and will
    call a child of itself. The childs (arc-in-arc files) will  not write
    remote messages (yet);

  ■ Added the ReplaceComment option  and the /REPLCOM toggle to  make it
    possible  to  overrule  existing  comments  in FILES.BBS alike files
    with the comment from a comment-file (like FILE_ID.DIZ);

  ■ Changed  /C  into /TOUCHC, /F into  /TOUCHF, /L into /TOUCHL  and /H
    into /TOUCHH for compatibility reasons;

  ■ Added  a new  parameter to  TouchCur (and  the /TOUCHC  command-line
    switch) to touch files with the current date PLUS a supplied  number
    of days;

  ■ Enhanced  the  DelOldFiles  option  so  it can work with a  relative
    number  of  days.  The  old  format  (with  a  fixed  date) is still
    possible;

  ■ Added VIRUSMASK option to make it possible for MTA to only call  the
    virus-scanners when matching files (extensions) are found;

  ■ Added ALTMTATEMPPath to make it possible for MTA to convert  smaller
    archives on a RAM-disk (or fast drive) and to swap to another  drive
    if there is not enough room on the RAM-disk (or fast drive);

  ■ Added WEEKEXTENSION  option to make  it possible to  convert special
    BBS-extensions (A10, J23) in a  special way (f.i. from A20  which is
    an ARC file to Z20, which is ZIP);

  ■ Added NOSUBSTTEST option for special environments like networks;

  ■ Added %NP and  %NF macros for the  SubstOn and SubstOff options.  To
    be used for networks;

  ■  All  toggles  (/STOSIZ,  /STOCOM  and  /STONAM excluded) can now be
    coded in two  ways. The new  format allows to  use the /command+  or
    /command- syntax to switch options on (+) or off (-);

  ■ Revamped the overlayed version. It will now run somewhat faster  and
    still uses  around the  same amount  of memory.  Also added  a large
    number of  envrionment variables  for the  overlay mechanism  so the
    user can change the overlay mechanism to suit her/his own needs;

  ■ On  general  request,  all   new,  changed  and  deleted options  in
    MTA.CTL can now  be found in  a  special  file MTA__xxx.CTL (xxx  is
    the version for which  this file is meant).  In the next releases  I
    will keep  some of  the older  MTA__xxx.CTL files,  so when you skip
    from  version  15.20  to  15.50  you  can still use all MTA__xxx.CTL
    files that were created in-between and you are still able to  update
    your own MTA.CTL in an easy way !


 ┌───────┬────────────────────────────┐
 │ 15.21 │ Bug release                │
 └───────┴────────────────────────────┘
  ■ Some  new  routines  caused a number of cosmetic bugs. These are now
    fixed (registered users!!!). Also registered users should unpack the
    supplied MTA__REG.EXE (which contains MTAREG.EXE and MTAREG.DOC) and
    run the MTAREG.EXE file once;

  ■ Fixed a problem in the documentation. VirusMasks was actually called
    VirusMask (in  the  DOC  and  the example MTA.CTL). This must be the
    VirusMasks option (with an extra 's' at the end);

  ■ Fixed a problem in the  documentation. In the FilesBBSFormat option,
    the example  showed an  incorrect  syntax for I(tem) numbers. If you
    want to select the 4th item, I4 must be used and not 4I;

  ■ Fixed a problem  when  a user did not use the MTATempPath option. It
    is highly  recommended that  you use this option, but if you didn't,
    MTA 15.20  would  trash  the screen  and  ignore  ALL archives. This
    problem is fixed (and you can still run MTA without the option);

  ■ Added coding for the new SQZ 1.08.2. 1.08.1 is still supported but
    1.08.2 files can only be converted by MTA 15.21;

  ■ The needed memory for SQZ is released to a normal amount, also the
    earlier problem with SQZ's temporary file is removed (fixed in the
    new SQZ release);

  ■ Added coding to add comments to SQZ files (CarryComment and the
    AutoDescription option). At this moment, MTA is unable to obtain
    existing comments from SQZ files;

  ■ Added ReportInvalidFiles option to test filesnames inside archives
    agains DOS-device names;


 ┌───────┬────────────────────────────┐
 │ 15.30 │ Major release              │
 └───────┴────────────────────────────┘
  ■ Fixed a bug where MTA 15.20 and 15.21 would  not recognize ZOO files
    in the correct way;

  ■ Cleaned the archive detection  for some archive types. Could  result
    in strange files (16meg) to be converted;

  ■ Fixed a bug in recursive ARC/HYP usage. This could result in invalid
    actions (under rare conditions);

  ■ Fixed a bug in extended testing. This  would  occur  when files with
    special attributes were extracted from the archive;

  ■ Fixed a bug where MTA 15.02 and up would go wild when files with the
    READONLY, HIDDEN and/or SYSTEM attribute were inside any archive;

  ■ Fixed a bug where  /ATL WAS used in the primary MTA but any child of
    MTA (arc-in-arc) would not notice the /ALT option;

  ■ Fixed a  bug  in the CARRYCOMMENT logic (type 2). Comments would not
    be taken from  FILES.BBS  and  would result in wrong descriptions in
    the new archive (double headers and so on);

  ■ Fixed a bug in the ReportInvalidFiles option. 'Device files' with an
    extension did not match  but  DOS still allows them as deviced. This
    is now fixed. The extension is stripped before the test;

  ■ Under rare conditions, MTA would leave the *.MTA file in the working
    directory (most noticeable with MTA /?). This is fixed;

  ■ Under some  multi-tasking  programs  and on some 80486 machines, MTA
    would countdown to slow or to fast. Fixed;

  ■ Touching of GIF files still didn't work. This is  now fixed forever;

  ■ The calling sequence of PKZIP would not allow the compress of any
    READONLY file. This is fixed;

  ■ One archive program (for the risk  of  getting  boring,  again it is
    another  'as designed'  feature  which  can not be overruled in this
    program) will  not  allow  READONLY/HIDDEN/SYSTEM files  to be moved
    into the target archive. This is fixed with a special trap;

  ■ The documentation (15.21 and lower) would suggest that the SHAREWAIT
    option could be used  without a  parameter. In fact it was marked as
    an error. MTA will now ignore the  SHAREWAIT parameter when there is
    no parameter coded;

  ■ Some  items  in the log-file (mostly errors) could not be related to
    any file. This is fixed;

  ■ Fixed a bug where MTA would truncate  files-counters in an incorrect
    manner. '[00]' would be stripped but '[  ]'  wouldn't where [ovrlay]
    would be stripped again (where it should stay  inside the comment);

  ■ Fixed a problem  where  MTA  would go crazy if you used TAB's in the
    MTA.CTL file. Only spaces  were  allowed but MTA will now also deTAB
    any TAB-character;

  ■ Fixed a problem  with AV'ed files where the AV bit was set but no AV
    code was present in the archive. Pervious versions of MTA would keep
    the AV code  (without  looking  at  the Include/ExcludeAVFile), this
    version will drop the AV code;

  ■ Fixed a problem  with ZIP files and the AUTODESCRIPTION option. This
    could result  in  help-screens and questions from the target archive
    program;

  ■ Enhanced the REPROTSPECIALATTRIBUTES option, so MTA can either reset
    the  attributes  to  normal (no extra parameter) or skip the archive
    (SKIP parameter coded);

  ■ Enhanced the VIRUSSCANNER option. There  is now a new parameter that
    must contain a short description  of the type of scanner. It will be
    displayed in the MTA log-file and  remote, when MTA is running under
    FileDoor <tm> (or  alike  programs). You  MUST CONVERT THESE OPTIONS
    IF YOU UPGRADE FROM A PREVIOUS VERSION !

  ■ Added  the  FIXEDCONVERSION option  to force  one or more files to a
    fixed target-system,  independent   of   the  current  target-system
    setting. Also added the /NFC  command-line  parameter to toggle this
    option off;

  ■ Added  the  FILESCOUNTER  option  to tell MTA which type of counters
    (if any) are used in your FILES.BBS-alike files;

  ■ Added the UpdateMSGFiles  option which will convert archive names in
    netmail  messages  (TICK/FES  support) much  faster (compared to the
    UpdateUntypedFiles option) when there are a large number of messages
    to be processed;

  ■ Added the UpdateMSGFull  and UpdateUntypedFull options. When present,
    MTA will check both  filename  AND directoryname for a match, BEFORE
    any updating is done on the untyped or MGS file;

  ■ Added the LeadingSpace  option  to convert comments from FILE_ID.DIZ  t,
    (and alike)  files  to a  format  that can be used by some FILES.BBS
    list-programs;

  ■ The virus-check programs will now be recorded in the MTA.LOG as well
    as the resulting errorlevel. You can now check WHICH virus-checker
    marked the file as infected. On the remote side, the user can that
    various virus-checkers are called;

  ■ Added the ExcludeAVFile option to  make the selection of archives of
    AV's must be kept more  easy. Also  bogus AV-codes can now result in
    removal of files or placement in the error-directory;

  ■ Added the ExcludeFriendlyMark to make it possible to skip files from
    BBS's who  use marking and already have done to the archive what you
    would normally do yourself;

  ■ Added  SkipNewfiles  option  to tell MTA not to touch files before a
    certain number of days have passed);

  ■ Added the /NUU,  /NUM,  /NUT  and  /NUF  command-line  parameters to
    toggle the  UpdateUntypedFiles,  UpdateMSGFiles,  UpdateTICKFiles or
    UpdateFESFiles to off;

  ■ You can  now  code  the  optional  parameter  SUB on the EXCLUDEFILE
    option to let MTA  also  delete all matched files in sub-directories
    of the archive;

  ■ Added the  DefFilesBBSDesc  option to change the default description
    for new files  and  files  without  any comment. Descriptions can be
    different, based on the filename;

  ■ Added the LogThreshold option to let MTA return an errorlevel 100 or
    116 when the log-file has grown above a certain threshold;

  ■ Added  the /NOOWNMARK  command-line  parameter that can be used when
    MTA is running  under  FileDoor <tm>. It  will remove any (uploaded)
    file that has your  own mark-string at the end (obvious the file was
    obtained from your BBS and will be a duplicate with a bogus name);

  ■ If AddFILESBBS  is  on, MTA  will  also  try to find comments in any
    DESCRIPT.ION (4Dos <tm>) comment  files  or ????????.I?? files which
    come from FileDoor <tm>;

  ■ Added the MakeArc  and MakeArcExclude options to convert non-archive
    files  into  archives  when  MTA is converting other archives in the
    same run. /NMA(-) and /NME(-) can  be  used  to swith either or both
    the MakeArc and MakeArcExclude option to off;

  ■ Added an  example  of the  calls for the virus scanner F-PROT.EXE in
    the example for MTA.CTL;

  ■ Added a  default  configuration file (MTA_EASY.CTL) that can be used
    as a starting point for non-BBS usage of MTA;

  ■ Changed the SUBST.TEC file;

  ■ Changed the COMMENTS.TEC file;

  ■ Added the ATTRIBUT.TEC file;


 ┌───────┬────────────────────────────┐
 │ 15.35 │ Minor release              │
 └───────┴────────────────────────────┘
  ■ Fixed a  big  number  of strange bugs that were caused by one of the
    included commercial PASCAL routines. These routines weren't outdated
    but did work  incorrectly. I  now  have  included routines of my own
    that work OK (after a long period of testing). Anything from hangups
    to incorrect functions could occur is some special cases. These  all
    apply to every included program;

  ■ Fixed some bugs in the logic where MTA would copy comments from one
    FILES.BBS to another. This should now work fine;

  ■ Fixed a problem where MTA would not report the  name  of the type of
    VIRUS-scan program  into  the MTA.LOG. The name you have assigned to
    a certain VIRUS-scanner  will  now  be  showed remote and inside the
    log-file;

  ■ Fixed a  problem  where  MTA  would detect arc-in-arc files with the
    extension being  a  valid  archive. In  these cases MTA would try to
    extract the  file (it will still do this) and would MOVE the file to
    the error-directory  (this  is  removed). These  files were thus not
    included anymore  in  the  target-archive, which  was incorrect. Any
    incorrect file  inside  a NESTED-archive (arc-in-arc) is now left as
    it was, independent of any extraction-results;

  ■ Fixed various problems with AV-codes (both ZIP and ARJ). You should
    consult the AVCODES.TEC file inside the MTA__TEC.EXE archive to read
    all about the problems with AV-codes;

  ■ Fixed a flaw where MTA would  report 'Mask file not found' where  it
    really  meant 'No files selected'. This  would  occur if you use the
    pick-list to tag files and did not tag any file at all;

  ■ Fixed a  problem  where  MTA would bail out after a number of files.
    This was only the case when the UPDATEMSGFILES option was active. As
    it was, MTA kept one  file-handle  open, causing the file-handles to
    exhaust. MTA would report various problems, from invalid extractions
    to invalid files;

  ■ Converted the MTA package  to Borland TP 7.0. Users can  apply for a
    very special version of MTA, compiled under StonyBrook Pascal, which
    can EXECUTE overlays in EMS. This version is still under development
    but if you need such a version, please send a message to me;

  ■ The pick-list will always scan the directory where it is started and
    in previous releases this could not be aborted. Now you can hit ESC
    when it is taking you too long;

  ■ Changed the  detection  code for PKZIP 2.xx AV-files. These were not
    reported  by  earlier  MTA  versions (only PKZIP 1.93 or higher with
    included AV-codes). See  the  AVCODES.TEC  file  inside MTA__TEC.EXE
    for details;

  ■ Changed the  detection  code  for  SQZ 1083. This version is now able
    to  generate  AV-codes  which  can  be  detected by MTA. Also the new
    SQZ1083 structures are detected and handled correctly;

  ■ If you  use  the /@ command-line option (to use a file with filename
    to convert), MTA will now also swap to the supplied directory. There
    is still one flaw (see /@ documentation) of minor interrest;

  ■ Added a new command-line parameter /DEBUG. For details, see the file
    MTADEBUG.TEC inside the MTA__TEC.EXE file, which is included  inside
    the release archive;

  ■ Added a new option KEEPAVNOCODE to keep AV-codes EVEN if there is no
    AV-number available or  no  AV-owner can  be extracted. This was the
    default behaviour of all  MTA  versions BEFORE 15.30. In 15.30 I did
    change it in a way  that  these  files  were always converted (as if
    there wasn't any AV-code). If you want the pre 15.30 behaviour again
    in MTA, you can include this option;

  ■ Added a new  option  NOCLOAKEDARCHIVES  (in combination with the new
    command-line  parameter  /NOCLOAK)  to  detect archives that contain
    an file inside with the same name as the original archive;

  ■ Added an extra parameter on the MTAERRORPATH option. You can set the
    parameter if you want MTA  to terminate when there are more than the
    specified number of FILES or BYTES present in the error-directory;

  ■ Added coding  to  use  the ORIGINAL CJPEG.EXE and DJPEG.EXE programs
    from the  Independent  JPEG Group <tm>. The  default is still to use
    the  Handmade  Software <tm> GIF2JPEG.EXE  and JPEG2GIF.EXE programs
    but  with  the  STANDARDJPEG  option  set, you  can now also use the
    original programs;

  ■ The options to  overrule/add  parameters  for GIF2JPEG and JPEG2GIF
    programs, are  extended  to  80 characters to accomodate the longer
    parameters needed for CJPEG.EXE and DJPEG.EXE;

  ■ Added the MTV program to the MTA package. MTV is a fast file-finder
    program with macro options and with detection of archives. The old
    MTV program (which was a stand-alone package) is now obsolete and
    replaced with this shape-up version;


 ┌───────┬────────────────────────────┐
 │ 15.36 │ Minor release              │
 └───────┴────────────────────────────┘
  ■ Fixed  a *POSSIBLE* problem  with  the combiination  of CARRYCOMMENT
    (2) and  commented  archives. The  problem  arises when the names of
    your  directories  are  very  long. MTA  will  now swap to a certain
    directory  to  reduce  the calling-string with at least one of these
    directories. 16.01 will deal with this problem permanently;

  ■ Fixed  the  problem  where  MTA would try to convert files on CD-ROM
    devices when you used RAPATHS (see later, BBSPaths);

  ■ Added  new  version of the archive-detection code (OPCFI) to be able
    to detect and support the new ARJ 2.39d+ archive headers;

  ■ Added *EXPERIMENTAL* coding  to work with the new ARJ security codes
    that  are  introduced  with ARJ 2.39d. The original ARJ239d.EXE file
    is  taken as the example for this code (no other SE-codes available,
    nor any documentation). The  old  format  (when you use ARJ 2.39c or
    lower versions) is still supported;

  ■ Removed  the  RAPaths,  QBBSPaths  and MAXPaths options from MTA.CTL
    (they are replaced by the BBSPaths option).

  ■ Added the  BBSPaths option as a replacement for the RA/QBBS/MAXPaths
    options. MTA  will  now support more BBS types and will also be able
    to detect  CD-ROM  areas in the correct way (for RA 1.1 and RA 2.0).
    Added is  the  explicit  support  for  RA 1.1x and RA 2.0x. Also the
    support  for  SBBS  (1.16) is added. Please convert your old MTA.CTL
    to the new format;



 MTA is tested with PKWare PKPAK version 3.61, PKWare ZIP version  1.10,
 PKWare ZIP version  2.04g, NoGate PAK  version 2.51, ARC  version 6.02,
 ZOO version 2.10,  DWC version 5.10,  LHarc version 1.13c/d/2.13,  LARC
│version 3.33, MDCD  version 1.0, ARJ version 2.39d, SQZ version 1.08.3,
 HYPER  version  25,  PKLITE  release  1.15,  GIFLITE version 2.01, JPEG
 version 1.5 (HandMade), JPEG4386 (JPEG Group) and GIFTEST version 4.0ß;


 5.4 Copyright, Trademarks
 ───────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────────
 PKPAK, PKUNPAK, PKZIP and PKUNZIP are trademarks of PKWare Inc.
 PKLITE        is a trademark of PKWare Inc.
 SQZ           is a trademark of Jonas I Hammarberg.
 PAK           is a trademark of NoGate Consulting.
 ARC and XARC  are trademarks of SEA inc.
 ZOO           is a trademark of R. Dhesi.
 DWC           is a trademark of Dean W. Cooper
 LZH and LHarc are trademarks of Yoshi;
 LZS and LARC  are trademarks of K.Miki H.Okumura and K.Masuyama
 MD            is a trademark of Michael Davenport
 ARJ           is a trademark of Robert K. Jung
 HYPER         is a trademark of Peter Sawatzki and Klaus Peter Nischke
 CRA           is a trademark of DISP and donated to public domain
 DesqView      is a trademark of Quarterdeck inc.
 Windows       is a trademark of The Microsoft Corporation
 4Dos          is a trademark of J.P. Software / R.C. Conn and T. Rawson
 FrontDoor     is a trademark of J. Homrichhausen
 SCAN          is a trademark of McAfee Associates
 TBScan        is a trademark of Frans Veldman / ESaSS B.V.
 HTScan        is a trademark of Harry Thijssen
 VIRX          is a trademark of Microcom Software Division
 CPAV          is a trademark of Central Point Software
 FINDVIRU      is a trademark of S&S International
 Dr. Solomon   is a trademark of S&S International
 Gobbler       is a trademark of COMRAC
 F-PROT        is a trademark of Fridrik Skulason
 VALIDATE      is a trademark of McAfee Associates
 QuickBBS      is a trademark of Pegasus Software
 Remote Access is a trademark of Continental Software
 TICK          is a trademark of Berry Geller
 FES           is a trademark of Frank Ploenissen
 GIFLITE       is a trademark of Tsung Hu
 JPEG 1.5      is a trademark of Handmade Software Inc.
 JPEG          is a trademark of The Independent JPEG Group
 GIFTEST       is a trademark of Dave Navarro Jr.
 OS/2          is a trademark of International Business Machines (IBM)
 PC-DOS        is a trademark of International Business Machines (IBM)
 FileDoor      is a trademark of Robert W. van Hoeven

 MTA is written  in Borland Pascal 7.0, with help of the Turbo  Debugger
 3.0 and  makes extensive  use of  Object Professional  1.20 and OPCFI V
│16.15.    Some  routines   are  obtained   from  TurboPower's    Asynch
 Professional  1.10.

 Borland Pascal      is a trademark  of Borland International
 Turbo Debugger      is a trademark  of Borland International
 Object Professional is a trademark  of TurboPower Inc.
 Asynch Professional is a trademark  of TurboPower Inc.
 Pascal+             is a trademark  of StonyBrook software Inc.
 OPCFI               is a trademark  of Robert W. van Hoeven

 [======================== END OF DOCUMENT ============================]